SketchUp and V-Ray Masterclass

1. Introduction: Hello and welcome to this ketchup and we're masterclass. My name is Shimon Jove. I am skilled engineer, architectural visualizer, and an artist. I O blown experience of working on various architecture as far as civil engineering projects. I worked on landscape projects to the interior scared products. So I'll be your instructor for this course. Now y tilde ons catch up and VA. So if you are here, you already know the basic idea of scattered when 3D SketchUp is a widely used applications or the architectural profession, it doesn't end here. Also, civil engineers, mechanical engineers, game developers, product designers also prefer using SketchUp for modeling and designing. So this course is going to be beneficial for both beginners and intermediate users. This will help you enhance your skills and for the beginning of this course will help you to learn scattered from scratch to the advanced level. Additionally, what we'll be learning through this course. So taking a look at this, you will be learning about SketchUp modeling from basic to advance. You will also learn about some helpful extensions for the SketchUp material creation and seen it just meant and sketch up and coming to the way you will learn it from basic to advanced through all, covering all the latest features of freedom, which is material manipulation, creation, application through weary also some new features off reading. Additionally, we also have a small section where we will be covering some basic called post-production or architectural renders. So this will help you enhance your skills. So thank you for taking your interests and enrolling in this course. See you in class. 2. Downloading and installation of SketchUp: Welcome back. We will begin with installation of SketchUp and downloading it. So could only have the sketch up. You can either go to the official website or you can just Google the word SketchUp and phosphate site. You can see that SketchUp 3D design software. You just click on it. Once you open this website, you will have this type of layout on your screen. Now, as we all know that SketchUp is a paid version or paid program, you cannot get free access for lifetime to scatter. But similar to autopilot, that Autodesk products, you can get those SketchUp trial free for 30 days. Before we don't know the prior version, I would like to show you some other features of the plants and pricing for the same. So when I click on this plan and pricing and whatever professional, you can see that you can compare all the brands available borders. Now SketchUp offers two types of usage. One is only web, only an ominous, less stop and at bat. So when I go to the for personal use and you can see that there are three types of scheduled prisoner labor. 1 is 3, one is sharp, and one is pro. You can see that the current one is three. So as I click on Sign up, it will ask me to add even login with mosquito Macau. And once a login with my account, this will show me this layout. So many Glickman start modelling. This will create, or you can say this will open a scatter point in my Chrome browser itself. No matter which browser you're using, this will open the scatter point. Suppose that itself, this is very limited to specific use only. You can only have this limited amount of and those paths which will only be able to create some basic models. Suppose again create rectangles, and I can extrude the same. So this adds some basic commands that you can use through this version. But it does not provide any more to specifications or plugins or extension, use it in your lung. So what we can do is we will get back to the SketchUp website. Click on loop. Now, do download the trial, which includes public on these products. And you can go to this oil products and you go there, you will notice Dr. free for 30 days. Once you click on this, this will ask you some basic requirements of your workflow. So I will click on Start free trial. Furthermore, make sure that you have created your SketchUp account if not used as total quarters, right? Go Python available on the screen and you can create your sketchbook to your email. Now extinct. Before we get, before we move wide or download this file set up. Because asking us where I'm working industry. So when you click on this, you can choose according to your needs. Sorry, board with architecture and engineering here. Now click on Continue. So now we're going to use the specific workflow that we are going to utilize cutoff for. So your 3D modeling, visualization or even do one thing, even click on all of this because it doesn't matter. It is just for a site survey purpose. And click on Continue. And he can, that is still your because all here. So after doing this step, this will let you download a free trial setup for the schedule. So moving ahead, I already downloaded the sketch of coercion. So let's try to install it. Go here, and I run this ketchup. But this will show up under sketch up installer. And you can see on the screen that this is going to be installed on my comfort zone right now. You can choose your specific language requirement for the sketch up very well with English United States version. Click on Next. You can change the basic directory version or the destination folder for the scatter consideration, what I would suggest to let it be this before, and I click on Install. You can see that the Sketch apps icons hour or an hour to build my screen and they are installed. So once done, you just have to reconfigure. Thank you for watching. 3. Template and UI Walkthrough: Once you open this ghetto, you will have this kind of layout on your screen. If you see clearly, you will have the files module where we know that you will create new option. So when I click on create new model, ten items, so many templates that are available currently to us. When I click on More Templates, we will have a range of templates available in SketchUp. So you can read that there is a simple template or runs into format of units of inches. That is another one in meters, that is another one, architectural format with inches and so on. Also, what we'll be doing is we'll start with a template. And when the break it down to this scroll, you can see that it shows there isn't really open file in my project or computer. So I can switch between ListView and GridView from this option. And if I want to open any existing by that is not listed in this recent files version. I can do that by clicking on this Open File button. So while the starter, let's go with this in my template SVR, just getting started with SketchUp. So I will click on this simple meters, and this will open a simple meters template in SketchUp. Now, once you open this ketchup, let's have a look around the UI of the SketchUp. So on the top hand, left hand side we have this icons or twos. So when you open yours, you might not have the same two sets situated or arranged like this. I o customized my toolsets according to my workflow. But don't worry, we will get to that later. Now, if I want to arrange according to my needs, what I can do is I can just drag this down like this. I can drag all this parts, all this to search like this. When a click and drag it to unclick on some very left side, it will be automatically jointed to this. So if you notice that you do not have same tool set or some of them are missing in your sketch out. What you can do is you can go to this toolbar. If your arrow here and right-click on your mouse. Once you read it, you will, you can take an uncheck all the twos buzzer you require. So I'll click on this drawing. And the drawing toolbar is o is on screen. So I'll close it is. We already have this last toolbar which covers almost all of them. Now, if you notice that there was another option here that create toolbars and then click on this tool bars. It will open the complete toolbar manager or the same. Now I can check and uncheck all the toolbar that require I can reset it, I can create my new tool bizarre. I can change it according to my workflow. Now when you come to this next option, that is options, you can see that. So screen tips on Toolbars. So when I click on, so I will show you that after we close this, as this may not be accessible right now. Now another option is large icons. So when I click on large icons, this will turn all these twos icons to be large in size. So I will keep that off because that looks a little weird. Now I will close this. Now the orange ten post. After we are done with that, we saw that option that say that show that toolbar tapes on the bottom bar. So if I drag my mouse over any of those toolbar, you can see that there is some information placed over here, right? So we keep my mouse over this pencil command. You may notice that there is a, some information about this toolset that is written here in the bottom bar. So it says it draw edges from point-to-point. We'd like the claw my mouse around here. It will show me that rotate, stretch, copy, and edit selected entities about an excess. So this will help us win as a starter, this will be really helpful for you. On the right-hand side of this bottom bar we are with this measurements. So similar to your target and another AutoDesk product, you may notice that there is some sort of command line that displays the commands all units also in similarly we have in SketchUp that displays the measurement yet, but you can not enter measurements manually through this toolbar, UCA have to radically Enter. You can see that that is a dynamic input in AutoCad, you have to directly import your measurements in this workflow. Coming to the next thing that is, before. On the right-hand side, we'll just default color options. Now it has some entity enforced. So if I draw a rectangle here, and when I click on this rectangle, it will display me the information about this entity, this line. You can see this soon as currently edge of this rectangle. And I click on this plane of this rectangle, this will display it as a face. Now, next option here is materials components. We have various types of components. Materials, status, takes, shadows, scenes, instructor, and these are the default credit either way, but do not worry, we will run into them later in detail. So in this instructor tree, it may be really, we have fully few other starting with this. So it will display me if I click on this pencil command, this will display all the information and help I need to use the Line command or this pencil tool. If I click on rectangle, this will display me all the information regarding the rectangle. Similarly, if I use any of this tool, this will display me all the information to how to use that tool in SketchUp. And it also displays a little bit of animation to make it easy to understand. Now, Let's exit this commands and I, we did it this. So V0 now, literal, familiar with the UI. Now if you wish to change your units in this drawing and save it as a template. So next time you do not have to change old units and change the style and sizes. You can save it as a template as we do in AutoCad. Before that, let me show you one more thing. Now, when I click on the Styles option, you build it. You can see that we have some folders over here right? Now. We have this assorted styles, color sets, default styles, Baltimore think, scattered these straight lines and stabled component competition we knows. So similarly, if I click on this color set, this will display MSM colors I did week. I can change around in this module. So if I go with this, say black, one, blue, and orange, this will change all the colors that's on this modelling. Or you can say the drawing area. But I will let it be to default for the trees. So let's set it to default colors. Finally, we go to the window. We are this two options, motor information and preferences. I will click on this modal input first. Now you can see that we go to this unit option, that is the last option available in this mode of info. You can change your units of current going through this options. So I will click to click on this and change it to let it be two decimal. Say, now next option is land. So what I want the line to be measured in, so I will click it and change it to millimeters. Next is area. If I want to change the area to be measured in any other format, I can then it Tamir. I mean, only you can change the volume as well. And it is same with the angle units. Now, the next thing that makes a difference here that is enabled lengths mapping and enabled units format. So you can see that displayed precision is displayed over here. You can see this area is ozone is prettier and you can do that. Volume is also displayed here. Now enable lens snapping. So when I click Done off this, I am not able to change any measurement or units on this box. When I enable this, I'm able to alter this units or values in this box. So what are this box? So mostly I will take it and tended to say a 100 and press Enter. Now we change that value with a 100 millimeters. Let's go and check it again. So it will tend to a 100 millimeters that is almost ten centimeter. I will close this. Now if I try to move this modal of this lady, you can see that I will not be moving it like randomly. I will just slightly move my mouse. And on the right-hand side you can see this displays the measurement of this moment. So if I move it little bit, it will snap it automatically to the multi pixel multiplication of 100 only means I cannot place it at 250 and 350 or any order number other than that is multiple or divisible by a 100. So you can see that it is automatically snapping it to the distance of one from each point. So this is how you can alter the snapping off length. But I suggest you to let it be either on one or you let it be either on 0. So return it back to 0.1 and press Enter. Now we're back where we started. So if I require or if I need to save this as a template specific leaf. So next time I open, I can directly open this template created intending all this values and modifications again and again. We can do with this save as template command. So you have, all you have to do is go to the File option and you have this optional yeah, that say save as template. When I click on this service template, this would ask me to set a name for this. So I will give it to my custom template name. And you can provide some description here if you wish to. And you can also enter the filename, but it will be automatically set to the what you name set for the template. Now, you can see that Set as Default Template. So click this as off soil HDMI often the sketch up it does not open. It automatically means I can choose between the different templates. Now click on sale. Now, this template is saved for the scatter. So on extending open scatter, you can see that to my custom template is back on its place. I would click on this, my custom template. And this will open this custom template. This is how you can create a template in SketchUp. And this was the music go through, through the layout of SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 4. Basic Navigation: Welcome back. Previously, we learned about the layouts and templates in SketchUp. Now in this tutorial, we will go through pan, orbit and zoom tool that are used to navigating skies out. So to begin with, we will start with the orbit tool. The orbit tool is available in this website or it shall be available in open to set on your screen because as you are freshly installed, this ketchup, but no worries, we will find this type of icon for the orbit tool. Also, if you do not have this, what you can do is you can go to any size of any side of this toolbar. And you can right-click over your mouse and you can just tick marks a camera. And you open this camera to set, you will able to this icon that says orbit tool, pen tool and zoom tools. So I will close this SVO already in this two big large dataset. So I would suggest you to use this large toolset because it contains majority of all the tools that you will require in modelling. Now, let's begin with how content I will choose the orbit tool. Now what does orbit tool does it? If I click over here with orbit to run, move my mouse around, you can see that it is rotating into xis means that that point where we said as a locked point and under all the x's will be automated in a 3D directions. So when I click and drag my mouse around, you can see that I'm able to rotate with the, locking this inner straight x's. So to disown about orbital. Now, next tool is Pan tool. You can accurate the pen tool with this situated next, right next to this icon off orbit tool that is called pan too. Now you must be very familiar with this pen tool. You can drag and just more around with this pen tool in any one direction. I can either go up and down, left and right, or I can also go in any random direction as well. So this is about Bantu. Now, let's learn about the Zoom tool. When I click on the Zoom icon that is also available in right next to this Pen tool. You can see that the arrow of my cursor as tangent to a magnification glass. Now, if I want to zoom into this lady model, what I can do is I will just keep my mouth around here. I will click and drag it downside. It will zoom out. And if I hit Record incentive to zoom in. Now, to understand this better, I will just draw when the rectangle here. Now we wrote this plain rectangle, right? What I will do is activate the zoom tool and I will zoom in and zoom out. Now we're going to understand this better. How does this work? When I drag it up votes, it was OMIM and I get downwards it or zoom out. The next tool is Zoom window. So when I click on the Zoom window, deltas, subgroups that are available in Zoom. So if I draw a window here, it was zoom into that portion like this. So this is about Zoom window and the next tool is zoom extents. So when they click on Zoom extents, it will zoom out all the objects and it will bring all this objects in the screen without cropping them, means that if this lady is situated somewhere around here. And I will zoom in and again accurate those who makes ten from this corner. This will also zoom out. Again to that portion means no area of the object will be outside of our drawing area. Everything will be visible on screen when you use the Zoom extend tool. The next tool is Previous, so it will take you back to the previously Zoom data means when I click on this, this was the last data we zoomed in. Again, if I click on this, this was curious octet area that we used. So this was what about this navigation tools? Now, let's learn the shortcuts for the same. The orbit tool can be accessed with the middle mouse button. So when I click on middle mouse button, like this, it will act to it though. Orbit two means it is a shortcut for that because at each and every time I do not have to go to the school toolset and activate orbit to. I can just click on my middle mouse button and I hovered around here. The next tool that we studied was Pen tool. Now, when you click the middle mouse button, press the Shift key. You can see on this left side, bottom dead, it will show my keyboard. So when I click on middle mouse button and press the Shift key like this, this will, let me drag around with the help of Pan tool, select this with the help of shift and middle mouse button. I can drag around this with the pen tool. The next shortcut that is zoom to rent is very common in familiar in all the softwares I would say. So. I just have to x2, use my scroll we'll append down to zoom in and zoom out like this. I can use all of them together by pressing Shift. I can pan around. While I knew. If I leave those Shift key, it will orbit in directions. And when I use this wheel up and down, it will zoom in and zoom out. So this was all about navigation in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 5. Modeling-1 : Fundamentals: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we are going to go through some basic fundamental modelling of SketchUp. So to get started with, we're going to go through, for example, say line tool. It is a lose napping. And some basic tools such as shortcuts and other, It is an existing selection methods. So to get started, we are going to look around quarter selection tool. Now, if you want to select some object or part, you just have to hold your mouse or with A-B Tech and you just have to left-click on your mouse button. So as soon as a left-click you'll see that this object of Lady has been selected. Now, I can delete this with dipole be the key that is available on keyboards. So I'll just delete it. So this is how you can select it. Now, we will go through other basic selection in coming portion of this tutorial. So let's see, I will activate the line tool or pencil tool that is available on this toolbox. When I click on this line, the line tool is activated. Now let's learn about exits and sniping. But before that, I will show you some other basic modelling. So when they get all my mouse over this x is 0. You can see that it is allowing me to snap it, or it is showing me that this is the origination point of this line. When I click on this, I can draw a line on this area. So you can see that currently I will be drawing some objective like this. And once I close the shape like this, this will create it into a single plane. Now, you can see that this has been converted into a blend from this lines. These are all the edges of this object. I can select Baseline big thing on it specifically. And it's electron, this plane only this plane will be selected except the lines. And when I want to select this whole area, i o to select this whole inner wind selection window like this. As you noticed, there are two types of selection windows year when I drag my mouse over here, like this, only the parts are all parts of the object is currently under this area will be selected. Means all of the objects that are completely under this selection window will be selected for sadist total edges like this. And if I drag and select this line, only, only this line will be selected because only that part of the optic was completely covered under this area. While this, you can see that all this part, other parts of this object are not currently covered under the selection window. And another metal of selection is dragging it from right to left. So from right side when unclear to window, you can see that the selection window has changed its appearance from snow continuous line to the dashed line. So when I select it like this, all the parts, all the areas that are currently covered in a, even if the small part of this object is covered in the selection window, the whole object will be selected. So this has some music of selection method in SketchUp. Now, as we drew this box, or you can say that this shape in this plane, you can see that it is currently on the 0 axis. When I walked me down with like this, you are, it is visible, right? So if I want to draw some objects, like 3D object, I have to draw it in the blue X's, WIX's is said x's and this, you can see that the green and red, the X and Y waters plane. Now when I go to this blue X's, I'm able to snap it. And I draw a line at 20 random distance. And I will connect this bullet points. And as I do so, you can see that the object is, another object has been created. Now I will snap it. To snap it is, it is really easy. Once I start my origination point from here, I will drag my mouse and bring it to this end point. And I do so I just have to drag it up. This will snap it for me. And I can draw on other objects like this. Once I close this shape, this will be converted into a 3D shape such as this. And I just start to draw another line here. So we created this 3D shape with the help of only the line tool. The line tool is very simple. Just double-click 1 and I will drag it into any direction that I want to grow. Now you might see that it is showing me a inclined. So let's learn about the head off snap that VB. This is because of the snapping available in SketchUp. Now if I want to draw a line that is perpendicular to this line, I can draw it. It's at both this pink line, the pink line when a, when you chose to being clenched. Also highlighting this AT off the object means this line is currently perpendicular to edge. You can see that it is also giving me the information when the yellow information box right next to the tool. So this is currently perpendicular to that. Now, one more thing about this is that if you want to, if you are currently in, you can see that the currently measurement of this template is in meters, like it is showing me the three meters. So if I draw five meters line here, press Enter. Right. Now, if I wanted to draw a ten-foot line from this point around this in green exists like this. So I can do that with same. I do not have to go and change the template or anything. I just have to enter the values in any format. Suppose I want to draw ten feet as we discussed. So I would type 1, 0, 10, which will be shown in the measurement box on the right-hand side. And every type 2 semicolon that is the expression for the stereotype threat and press enter. So this will be drawing the tangent line for us. Now if you want to measure all of this, you can do that with the help of depth good that is available in this toolbox over your bit icon of F measure tool, the shortcut key for type 2 should be T, but you can also return your shortcuts as per your convenience and work workflow. So I'm going to show you how you can do that further. But for now, let's measure this line. So I will make 1. And I drag it while the second, so it says 3.5 meter. So roughly we all know that the dendrites equals to three meters almost. So it is currently drone in feet, but it's showcasing it has been meter as a template is currently set into the meter. Now if you measure this fine line that we drew, we can see that this is showing the phi meter means redrew, 10 feet line, and it could quote, converted into meters. So similarly, you can enter any unit data that will be not be according to the template, but you can still draw it in any measurement units. The next thing we are going to London tutorial is about it as a tool. Suppose if I want to erase these lines, I can do with teleport the eraser tool to sort, but before that will be in your template, in your sketch up. But I've altered my sketch. It may not be sustained. I will just activate the invisible from the toolbox that is in pink icon over here. It sees it as or when I click on this, it has or two. There isn't a tool will pop up on the screen. Now to erase this, I just start to draw zooming. I just DO to keep my arrow over here. It is at all what this line and I just Republic once, when I click that, it will be highlighted into blue and deleted like this. When I click, it will be highlighted into blue, and then when I drop it, it will be deleted. Similarly, you can detect multiple lines at the same time. Suppose I want to it as displayed with the help of this edge, I will be deleting this edge. So hence the plan will be deleted. When I click on this edge, it will be dated as well. But when I click length is I, if I don't do Loom, I click and I just drag it over here. This both land and currently shown in blue means take both B will be deleted when I release the mouse, when it is disport lines will be deleted. And similarly inserting and deleting this object as well. Once you click, this will be deleted. And when I drag and click like this, the old lines will be deleted. Similarly, you can work out around with this either to now. Next thing we are going to learn about that is shortcuts. So in SketchUp, we'll shortcuts to activate your own shortcuts. You can go to the Window, go to Preferences. And once the preferences panel is open, you can go around this shortcut option and you can search for any two. Suppose I want to say it as two. Well currently, the 2s function that says it is or it is 2s. So currently there are no shortcut assigned for this. Current shortcut is a. So when I click on a, this will activate. It is in my sketch up. Again, we will go to the preferences. And I can assign multiple keys for that same. So in a clique, a year, or let's say it is. When I click on this, it is, I just start to type any shortcut that I wish to assign it. So I will say, and I will edit. When I do so, it will ask me that it is currently assigned to the another tool in SketchUp. If I wish to continue and reassign it to a desert or I wish to know. So I do not wish to currently as it is already assigned with them. So I can just close it. Now. We have two options here. Important export, if you are currently switching your device or if you wish to have some shortcuts in another, unload us off yours, you can do with help of this import. This will import all your SketchUp shortcuts settings and you can import it into other device or PC or wildly and stoning of SketchUp. So now let's learn about this in more detail. When I tried to draw a line, you can see that it is currently highlighted in green means we're growing into green X's. And you can see that the information box shows at that as well that on green exists. Now when a drawing or this side, it will be highlighted in red Xs and it will be done on the red exits as well. And when I get home, I'm always like this upside. It will return in the blue X's. But supposedly if I want to draw a line like this and it is currently not snap to the red exits like it. When I drag my mouse around here, we can see that I'm doing anyway randomly because these are not aligned when it, from this angle, this may look that this is currently fled, but it is not when I drag my mouse. And you can see that this is not currently in any form or shape and it is irregular lines to snap to a straight block or you can send to lock it to any exist you can do with help of the arrow keys. Now if I want to draw something that is currently flat on the base level, I can do that with the help of this arrow key. When I click the up arrow, it will be direct into this blue X's. So if I'm trying to draw something, it will be compulsory lead track on this blue Xs as well minced my current. No matter wherever I click or wherever I do this, this is currently locked into blue Xs. When I click the right arrow key, this will be interlocked into red Xs. And when I click with a left arrow key, this will be locked into green X's. So this helps when you are drawing some complicated shapes without losing the grief often exists you are working on. So if I want to draw arrow, suppose, say I have another line here. Now, I need to draw a line that is currently snap from this point. And currently it is able to snap. But whenever we did, R will be so many objects around you. You're like this. It will be difficult to snap it externally to this point C, you can see that it is currently taking this nephron, this point rather than taking a snap from this point. To do that, what I can do this, I can lock this line into red Xs like this, and I can click on her here. So this will accurately drag the distance from this point to this point with respect to elicit idea exist. So it will draw the line in the red axis itself. Now I can turn my shape and Troy. Now if I wish to create a 3D shape from this, I can do is draw 1 here and lock it into the blue Xs. When you lock it into any Xist, a little Texas will be highlighted in very strongly. So currently it is locked into blue X's and I will draw two meters. I will type 2M. You can see in the measurement box as well, I will type 2AM and press Enter. So we do a two-meter line and I will be joining us as well. Similarly, I will join you all here. Now we drew this triangle, the type of the x's. And you see that we lines we drew previously and currently eating either because they were not locked into any excess. So this is all about the basic fundamentals to get started with the SketchUp modeling. Thank you for watching. 6. Modeling-2 : Shapes: Welcome back. In previous tutorial, we learned about some basic modelling techniques and fundamentals. In this tutorial, we will go through some basic Edwin shape in scheduled that are used for Morty. So there are some common shape that is square, rectangle and circle and polygon that are used for, you can say that then are used for modelling in SketchUp. So to get started, you can have all the shapes aligned on your toolbox around here. And if you do not have, you can just go to this by right-clicking on this toolbar settings and you can turn on this, you can tick mark this drawing. Once you do that, you will have this drink toolbar. But as I previously so distribute to use this last tool set to which cause almost all the tools are that you require in modelling. So this will be better if you just drag and open this one. Now on the left-hand side, you have this rectangle. To get started with this, we will get growers small rectangle year. So draw a rectangle. What I can do this activity rectangle tool on this dataset. Or there is a shortcut for that is common. That is, when I press on, the Rectangle tool will be activated. So I just have to click around this corner, say my starting point. And you can see that when I'm drawing this rectangle, let's see from the top view, when I'm drawing this rectangle, you can see that there is a cross diagonal line that shows us that it is currently, okay. So see, you can see that it is currently visible. Now, that line suggests that the rectangle is equal from both the side means currently it is a square. So if I drag it on like this and I, if I press Shift key, it will be, you can say it will be locked into that squared dimensions or ratio. From doing a rectangle and press Shift key, you can see that it is not currently locked in any angle, but it will be locked into exist. Now when I press this with this little bit of this Daesh land that is in-between debt. So there's statistical square and press the Shift key and hold. Now this will be locked into the square, so I can determine the length and width of this rectangle by just holding my mouse and knew the length and width of the same rectangle or a square is visible on the right-hand side of this corner of the screen space dimension. So draw a rectangle like this. Now, another thing about rectangle is I can also draw by entering the menu values manually. If I click my starting point to be this, and I will type 2 comma pi orbital that is two meters and five meters of length and width for the rectangle and I press enter. So this will be drawing this into, to and fro the measurements of the rectangle. Now, let's think about rectangle is that if I draw a rectangle, you can see that it is originating from this corner point of a rectangle. My escape key presses Kripke to exit any tool set. So if I wish to, you can say that if I wish to draw a rectangle from the exit center point from this rectangle. How can I do that? To do that, I will for snap the middle point from this. And I was net the middle point from this. Now this will suggest me to exit middle point from the both the corners that meet at a single point. So it will be meeting around here. Now, I will first and start my rectangle command. So currently the rectangle command is activated, but I may lost my x's, so I will lock it into blue X's by pressing the up arrow, as we learned in previous tutorial. So press upon it and it will be locked in the blue axis when it will be only drone in this fled detection of light exits of this. Right. Now, you can see that the, I wanted to draw a rectangle that is originating from the center point. So when I press Control key, it will change the origination of this rectangular square from the center point like this. When I press control again, it will draw it from the corner point. So I'll press Control. And I will draw perfect square once it shows her highlights this blue dashed line for a shift and lock it. Now on pressing Shift, it is locked. Now, press and drag it and drawSquare. So we draw a square with this same. So this is all about rectangle. Now, another thing about rectangle is rotated rectangle over here, one of the option that grows the rec, rectangle and it allows us to rotate the rectangle in excess. So rotate, rotation rectangle or rotated rectangle is available right next to the normal rectangle tool and rotate. I'll click on activate the rotated rectangle. Now the common thing about this is we just have to first give a specific, you can say that we just have to view a specific X's that we are meant to rotate our rectangle in. So I will throw first. And if I wish to rotate my technical in this red X's, so glyco here, but there is my x's for the rectangle. Now we're to determine the length of the rectangle with this line. We are to determine the width. So I will say let the width be two meters and press Enter. So currently, this is not related in any detection, right? You can see that. So to rotate it, what we can do this, I will draw it again and I will determine the land to farm it up, press Enter. Now the width should be two meters, but I want to also rotate it into some degrees. So I will drag it over here. And I will type 2 meter, and I will type comma, and I would give it a 15 degrees and press Enter. So currently, this rectangle is drawn. A two-meter of it and it is at the 15 degree of angle from this point. That says from the green axis. So this is how you can draw a rotated rectangle. And it can be also done with the mouse button. You do not have to enter the values manually. Always. Suppose I will select this green, give it a land. This will be my weight, right? Thank this. And I can directly draw it in a, in a rotational angle as well. So this was all about rotated rectangle or did he told his ship and we will move on to the next shape. So next shape, oh yeah, we have is circle. When I click on the circle tool to circuit tool is activated. It is available right below this rectangle then rotated rectangle, draw circle. So origination point of the circle is always the center. So you can see that the currently, when you enroll, the bigger circle you are, edges are visible mints, this is currently not a perfect circle. It has the open edges to control the edges we can do is press Control and plus and minus key. And you use this plus and minus key. You can adjust the size of this circle when I press Plus, you can see that the sides of the circle that are visible on the screen right next to the my mouse button. When I clip. Pressing this, you can see that the edges are increasing like this. So now this looks better and I can draw a circle like this. Another thing about circle is that when I draw circle, and when I click on this, if I wish to, again the altar, the edges up to drawing the circle, I can do that with help of this entity information trade. When I click on this, it's currently showing me the information about this circular properties of this circle plane. When I click on the edge of the circle, this will display me the edges. Now if I change this segments to 40. So you can see that currently again, the edges are visible on the circle plane like this. When a zooming it is currently accurately visible to us that it is not a perfect circle. Again, I will click on this edge and we'll make it say 36 In the edges will be increased when they put this and change it to say 80 and press Enter. It is shown going to be like the perfect circle. So this isn't about circle tool. It does not have a more alteration because it is very simple to use. Or did it the spot. And we'll move on to the polygon tool. And we're going to activate the polygon tool. We first thing we have to do is enter the sites. So you can see that Tom measurement tool or dimension that displayed, that was displayed here. It is done in two sides. So first thing we need to do is define the sites for the polygon. So I will draw a rectangle for sorry, I will draw a triangle First Solar enter three and press Enter. Now, you can see that the mouse icon has also changed. It is displaying a rectangle here, triangle here. And I will draw a triangle like this. So we draw a triangle with the help of this polygon tool. I can also enter the manual value for the from the center point of this triangle and draw it like this. I will draw and enter. Three is my value for the center point and press Enter. So this was drawn the triangle. Now, if I want to draw another, you can say another polygon I were going to make to the polygon tool and 10 sites to file. So I will draw pentagon here, press enter. So let's drop in Taiwan. So you can see that currently it is circumscribed enzymes inside the circle. When I press control, it will be uncircumcised from the circle and repress control again, it will be circumscribed under the circle. Now two edges, the science menu or you can press Control and use plus and minus key to do the same. When I press Control plus minus key, it will be done. So minimum segment we need is three and maximum segment we can use this triple nine. So I press Control and press the plus key to increase the sites and I we lose the minus key to decrease the size. So this is currently Pentagon and I will give it a five meter to be the segment from the center point and press Enter. So we'll run the pentagon, which is five meter distance from the center point on each side. So this was all about basic modelling, or you can say the advanced modelling of shapes in SketchUp. Similarly, we will be able to do more modifications and ultra with this shapes and we're reforming basic shapes in the coming tutorial. Thank you for watching. 7. Modeling-3 : Advanced Modeling: Welcome back. In previous tutorials, we learned about some basic and fundamentals as well as some shapes in modelling of SketchUp. Now in this tutorial, we will go through some advanced features that will help us to structure our model in SketchUp. So to be started with that, we're going to use an example in this one. So I will draw a rectangle, suppose, say, from this point, and I will give it to measurement of eight by 10 meters, sorry, or type eight and 10 coma and press Enter. Now I drew this rectangle here. Now we are going to use the command deck is good press pull. So you can, you will find the press pool tool in this to sit with them walks. And it is like this. It is also called push-pull in previous version it was cold press pull. Now, what we can do is I will click on this rectangle and I can press it or I can just extrude it in any direction I want, likes up, upside, or downside. I can also enter the measurements manually. Suppose the basic height of wall is ten meters or related type and tenure. And I will praise and I will press enter. So to dissolve the press pool walks. Now, you can see that this is a perfect square on an angle. So to draw the wars, what we can do is either I can use some advanced feature that is available in Type Tool or I can use the offset tool to learn both. What we'll be doing is I will select this one and create a copy. We will learn about the copy and motilin coming for the lecture. So for now, let's say we created a copy. Now to create a wall, I will show you two examples. First is creating a reference with the type tool. Suppose I need to create more on all these edges at the length of say, 99. So I can do that with the help of this. So I will swap dot t2 and I will press around this midpoint and create a reference. You can see that there is a dashed line available on our screen, which is starting an originating point r infinity means it does not have a start point or end point. It will be in finite on this our scatter plane. So I will give nine inches and press Enter. Similarly, I will do it on this side, nine inches and press Enter, as well as Chris, nine inches and enter is what i same on this side. On doing so, we'll have this reference line that shows us off third of this rectangle from its edge. So we click on this reference point on this corner. I will draw a rectangle. Similarly around this or eight. Now, I will also create a floor with the reference of this line. So let's say the plinth off this floor should be around, say six inches. So type six and press Enter. Now what we'll be doing is already did this older reference lines that were used to create the world rabbit runs. So once we deleted this, we only have this flow reference lines which will be used by creating the reference for the floor. Sorry, press, push, pull. Or I have the shortcut key for that set into my keyboard as E. So I press E and the push-pull. 8. Move and Copy: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we learnt about basic modeling and catch up. Now let's put a new tool that is Konami going to discard in this tutorial is move and copy. So to get started, I will just draw basic rectangle here. The two-by-two matrix. Now the extruded and tired of two-meter to make it a cube. Sorry. Okay, this looks perfect and we did it this model. Now, let's get started by learning the mortal. So suppose, if I want to move this part or Moody's face a little bit ahead of this, or I want to extrude this part. I can do that with the move tool as well. Now, the model is available exactly on this banner around this tool sets. So it is situated right next to the push brutal. Now, when I click on Moodle, you can see that the cursor icon his chance to them. More icon. Now, when a o and my mom was over this phase, it will show me that it is on phase and it would highlight the face as well. If I wanted to move this edge of this cube is will always highlight that. So anyway, One, Two more, whatever object I wish to either start or Huawei models on that. Next thing here is, and I click on this face, I can move it in any detection as well, like this. I can also extrude it opposite of that direction as well. So this is how we'll use the Move tool. Now, I can deform it like this. I would undo that by suppressing the control set. Now next thing about this is if I was elected this face already, and if I activate the mortal with the shortcut key, that is M. So this phase is now selected mins manometer. Wherever I click, I will drag it. It will automatically selected face to be moved. So undo that. All right, I skipped key and exit. Now to exit any specific tool from the activation, you have to press space bar. So when I press space bar will be back to the normal selection. And when I press enter, it will have an activity on Moodle. Or I press Space-bar, it would have been exit the same. Now again, the next thing about Motorola's that if I wanted to select more this whole cube, what I can do is I can select this with a window, selection windows, and I press more. And now I have to pick a reference point from which I will be dragging this from. So I will move it from this corner point. Now, I can move it anywhere on the screen x's. I can also lock it in excess like this to be moved. As we learned previously, I can lock it into this blue X's red Xs Oberyn axis. And if I want to unlock, I have to press the same key again. So if I press the left arrow key that it was for the green X's, it will be unlocked. And I can bless it anyway, I desire. Now another thing about this, and we're going to discover in this lecture is selection method. Now, previously we learned about spew selection method using Control Shift as well as selecting with the selection window. The third method that we're going to learn here is selecting the faces. Now when I select this face onto the faces selected. So suppose if I double-click over here, older phase as well as the edge of this face will be selected. And if I wanted to select this whole object, do triple click anywhere on this object. So we need three public anywhere on this object, it will select the whole face or sorry, whole object. And when I double-click, it will only select them based off that object. So if I double-click on this side, this was like this face. If I double-click over here, this face will be selected. And when I click, this whole object will be selected. Now, as we learned this, that is another thing about the Moodle. When I select this, I will press M to accurate. Now removed from this reference point around here. So if I wanted to copy or if I wanted to create a copy of this module, sorry. So this box, I can press Control key when I press the Control key and this will create a copy of that box rather than just moving it or displacement, displacing it from that point. So I can press it, place it over here, and this will create a copy. Now, if you are using the previous version other than does get up grantee 21, you make not held this new thing that we are going to discuss. So if I click over in here, you can see that it is currently, again, creating a copy means that what we did previously is now currently simultaneously repeated. So when a press Control, again, this will not create a copy that or it will move the object. But if I want to create a copy, this will create a copy. So continuously it will be creating a copy until I turn it off. But in previous versions of SketchUp, disclose not available. You have to create click control every time unit to create a copy of the module. So this was what about more to now incorporate? This is okay, coming to the main thing. The copy tool and modal are currently submitted, but you can also copy objects, peppers, inventory PC, and pressing the control V button. And this will be kicked up from any reference point off it from a corner and it will, you can place it anywhere. So this was all about Moodle and copy to in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 9. Grouping and Component: Welcome back. Previously we learned about moving and coping the optics in SketchUp. Now, in this tutorial, we learned about two main things or main concept in SketchUp debt is grouping objects and components. So first thing, let's start with a grouping. I have a few objects that we created in previous tutorial. Now when I select this whole object, I can move it after selecting it from all the edges. Now if I wish to move it from just one selection, I can not do that. So each time I heard triple-click contest and I have to move it. Now, another thing about this is if I force, suppose, if this is a group, to create a group, what do you hope to do is triple click or select hold object. Right-click on your mouse button, selecting that, and you will find all option here called Make group. When I click on this make group option, it will create a group of this object. Now, older adults and older faces of this cube is currently a group. Meaning that if I select this, the whole group of debt object will be selected and I can ungroup it with the same method. I have to click on this group selected. I click on my mouse and I will click on this Export button to ungroup it. As soon as I click Export, this will be in group. Now, I'll press Control G to group it again. So this is a group, right? And I will again create a one of the group from this box as red. Now this box are again a group. Now you can also create multiple groups means I can select this boat took box as well like this and create a group octet box. So this, both the boxes are now a group explored that for the moment because we need it for the, for the assessment in this tutorial. Now, these three boxes, you see they are not a group, right? What we're doing is L modest walks from this and L mesh it into here. Similarly, I'll move this box as well, metal mesh it into this box. Now, if I try to support this box, this both are separate groups, so it is really easy when I select this, I am not able to now, so practice box as well because when I tried to select this whole object or both, the boxes will be selected. Now this boat currently cannot be a sci fi. Select this box. Boxes like this. I will select all the edges from its sights of Berkeley, make clicking mouse or shifty. And I will try to move this box out of this. And now you can see that currently this fixated at this Barclays with the mashed components, I'm not able to move it out. When you are working on a complex object or complex model. Grouping objects is the main thing you should do because it will help you easily, you, when you are working on so many geometries that currently go inside each other or kindly mentioned to each other. So it was easy demonstrating that. So I hope you understand with this demonstration that I moved among this box inside and outside from each other after grouping them. But when they are empty or open groups, I'm not able to do that. So after learning what group can do, let's learn about though components. So I will select this box or cube, and I will triple-click on it and select this whole object. Now, that is an option available to create a component that says here, Make Component. Okay, make sure that you have or latest version of SketchUp 2021 in previous version, this is not our label. So if you don't have this option, you do not have to worry. You can right-click on your mouse and you have option near seismic component. So when I click on Make Component, it will open a new window like this. Now, in this window, we'll few other options so far, starting with a general. So I will give this box namesake cube or let's say my tube. Now, you can add the description, so I will add nothing to say anything. You can type anything over here. Now, next thing is alignment. So GLUT-2, none. Make sure you always keep it to none unless and until you are creating some specific object for any slope or horizontal plane. So here we'll few options. Any, if you keep any distMoved, be aligned to any object. Like you can see that I'm not able to move this currently, but you can see that it will be aligned to any object or any, say, any phase that is in any direction. Now, when I click on this horizontal, you can see that it is highlighted as well on the screen. When I click Vertical, you will only be able to place it on any vertical phase. And when I click on slop, it can only be placed on any slop face, so I will let it be to none. Now, next thing is set component xs. Now you can see that the grandly the axis or the origination point of this box is set to this. If I wish to create a, any Xist point O here, I will click this as my first. Now, provide the red Xs. As you can see that currently my mouse is sticking with the child exits. I will select this as red. Now, we will align it to blue. Green exists, sorry. So once done, this will be alignment isn't new axis. Once you do that, I can always click on this guy's face, the camera. So when I click on always face camera, it will be only facing no matter how I rotate, it will be only face to the camera. I will show you an example after this example. So I'm checked it for the moment. And you can, and also you can add Price, says and URL if you wish to. So once done, you can select this, replace the election with components. So this will be created as a component as well. And we'll click Create. Now, this has created as a component here. So this is component in this group. They both are similar to each other. But what is the difference between component integral? Now, if I create a copy of this, like this, we also create a copy of this group around you. If I make any changes to this box, say I will extrude this this one interfere in any of this part of this box means to another group or copy of that group isn't having any changes. So if I click on this, double-click on this and you can see that any changes I make will be also be reflected in the copy of that component. So suppose if I extrude this part, you can see that component that is copy of that box is also deforming. So if I make any type of changes or draw any lines on this component like this, you can see that they are also being detected on the copy of debt component. So this is the main difference between creating a component and creating a group. So whenever you are not going to use the same object, repeatedly know your model. You should create it as a group. And when you are going to use that same objective, particularly new model, you should use it as a component or this, you have this component tape on this deport tray. When I click on this, you can see that the microbe that we created is now currently as a component available in a component section. So I was talking about the face, always faces the game at option. So when I click on this lady that it goes the full model available, and I place it over here. Now you can see that it is always going to face the camera no matter in which, but I rotate the screen 2, this will be always facing the camera. This was the option that I was previously talking about. So this is all about creating groups and components in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 10. Arc Rotate and Follow me: Welcome back. Previously, we learned about grouping and components in SketchUp. Now in this tutorial, we learn new 32, step out, rotate and follow Me too. To get started, let's start with the arc to the Arc tool set can be available in this drawing pen allows to set around this, around this rectangle and polygon icons, we have four types of arcs in AutoCad. Let's start with the first one that is to point out. So when I click on OK, you can see that a protractor is shown on the screen. Now, first things we need to do is we need to select our starting point of that. This would be my starting point and this will be my second. So I will be true and growing this infrared x's. So practice as my third, and we created a quarter. Ok. So if I wanted to complete this, Archives, select the serine, select this as my second and draw another archaea like this. You can go draw an arc in SketchUp. Now, another type of arc is 3 arc. It is nothing much. It is similar to the 2, but only we have this one step that is, we need to do more. So or it isn't my first, this to be my second and this will be my third. But as soon as I do that, you might be able to notice that the older segments are visible means all the line segments are busy, but it is not a smooth, ER, smooth arc, right? So that is a fact about SketchUp. In SketchUp, we do not have any type of smooth cause. All the goals that you see are currently married with the help of arcs, small segments. So I can click on this. I go to the entity Info and I increase the segments. So I increase segments to Saturday and press enter. This looks much smoother now compared to what it looked like previously closed entity Info. Now let's draw the, another type of AAC that is three-point arc. Meaning click over here. Like to me, this is my second. So like this, I can create the arc that is tangent to a point that we choose our toes to be our second is you notice that we are currently in an arc and there are so many segments visible on the screen. So no matter which table hockey you are drawing, you can always control the number of arcs or assert equal number of segments might pressing Control minus or a plus. It is also visible in this tutorial bar, or you can say bottom bar. So I'll press Control and press the plus key to increase the segments. You can see that there is also a confirmation popping up next to our cursor. Until it is perfect, I will be pressing plus. So once done, this is how it should look like and how repressed or year and grow smoother call. The next tool in RQ segment is pi. This is the last tool, so phi is nothing but it is used to create a quarter arcs. Let me select this as my starting point. Now, we need to provide a radius, or the first for the soil Floyd radius to be two meters and press Enter. Once I do that, I need to provide the degree for the angle. So I will provide a degree to be say 75 and press Enter. So when we do a quarter or buy off this length of two meter radius and the degree for the 75 degree. So from the starting point it is admitting, oh, here it is 75. So this was all about axin SketchUp. So now next thing is rotation. So I fall. I will delete all this up texts on screen. Now for to understand better, I was a stroller box here of say, 50 meter, five meter, and also push pull it with diet of meter as well. All right. So now if I want to rotate any of the object or I cannot order to space this face specifically. But if I need to rotate this whole object, I can go to select this clip and clicking on it. And their octet is available below this mode two. So go and click on this Rotate tool. And once the rotate tool is activated, you can see that we can move it in any direction we want. So suppose if I click my mouse over here, this will show me that into this phase means it is currently being rotated into green x's. When I give it o here, this can be loaded into red Xs. And when they keep it or the box, you can see it is it can be reading all the blue. So I will keep it in this corner point. Now, if I keep it in this corner point, it is only showing me that it is currently being able to be rotated into blue axis. But if I want to lock it into any specific exist from this point, I can get my mouse here and press the arrow keys. So my purchasing right, I can rotate in the red Xs and it is similar to what we do into previously. So if I press the left arrow key, we can rotate it into the green axis. Now, I will select this and rotate it like this. It is very simple. There is nothing complication in this. So two, Let's do that again and shift it back to its original basis. So keep my mouse arrow here. Select Left Arrow key to lock it into green X's. Select this as my base point. Now I will select the base of this rotation. So from this line, I will select this edge is my base earn. It is also suggesting me to snap that highlighting pink color is the edge that I will be selecting. So select this and I will rotate it in any degree I want or I can enter also manually from this angle. So I will stick it over here. So this is the rotation tool box. Now, another thing about it is loaded police that page, double-click on this box and create a Group. Now, this box is a group night. Now, like we studied what is glucagon previous tutorial. So if I click on this and a rope, the move tool, then they keep my mouse on this face and you can see that there are a few signs available on the screen, right? So this sense it is that it can be ordered it from this axis, from this middle point. So when I clip my mouse over here again, you can see that a protector is being visible on the center of this box, similar to this face. If a memos or we're under protector will be visible on that face as well. No matter whatever phase it is, Eigen rotate it. So if I click over here, I can rotate this box, but I can move it from this detection. So if I make leaning on this plus icon, I can rotate it from the center point on that face. Similarly, on this side as well, like this. So this was all about rotation. Now let's learn to another tool that is 3. Follow Me too. So I will exploit this same box. We're gonna be using same box for that reference. Now, follow me too, is very similar to what we studied earlier. In this case, I'm going to draw a spline here. So this is a tool that is called free hand. It is also called spline. So I can draw any free lines like this in SketchUp. So currently this line is continuous line. Now, I will draw any shape over here, say this box. Like this. I will lock it into say, red axis or rename this as well. So now this box is currently selected next to this path. So when I click on this, follow me to. The following is also available in this growing toolbox. To icon for this is like this, two spears. When I click on this, I will first need to select the face, so basilica space, click on this path, or I can just rotate it as much as I want make. Hovering my mouse over this path has spread. Well, let's see another practical example for the same o create a circle here. Now I will draw some shapes over here. Rocket into blue X's and create a triangle. Or did it this phase, as we do not require that. Now we have this part and we also have this shape. Sorry, this is not currently the regulars. You consider currently not employ proper shape services Troy, properly post. Okay, this is fine. Now delete this extra lines. So we have this shape that is currently going to be a profile for unfollow me too. So I was like this, follow me to select this as my profile. Now, I need to create a face perimeters. I will drag it over this but, and I would again Likud or here. So we created this shape. The next thing we're going to learn about some basic concept it out, I'm gonna be used for creating objects. So for example, then created shared here. First off and foremost, I will be selecting this and we're giving it say, then it ended measurement. We are doing currently not to scale. So we do not worry about the measurements as well. It's like more tool. And I will create a copy of this around, say, this area, sorry, like this, and create a copy around it is plot. Now I will select this both again and create a copy around this path. Now whatever we are doing is I will select the push pull and push pull it a title. This and I reject the reference from these other two pillars are other two sides and create the same. Now, I will select this older fourth columns and create a group for them because I don't need to read them anymore. Now, next thing is every creator sheet. So to create a Sikh, I will create a rectangle on the top face of this plot. Now again, I will lock the push, good Pull and give it a little bit of thickness. Now similarly, I will create a group of this box as well. Another tool we're going to use this rectangle over here again. Now this time I will select this part and create a rectangle. Now, I'll click on it again and I will push bullet around this time. Again. I will group this. Now, next thing we're gonna do is you're going to give it a little bit of smoothness to this path. To do that, what I can do here is I will select this one, double-clicking on this box, it will be editable. You can see that it is Ireland really highlighted about the rest of the objects available on my scatterplot currently fared it. So what we're doing is every creator little bit of reference over here, the type of this type tool. I'll select this point and he retired after M sub 0.05. Press Enter. Similarly heavier when you reference of 0.05 and press Enter. Now I'll be using this aktuell dopa to point arc tool and create a I'll call via text will be my first, and this will be my second. Sorry. This will be my first, and this will be my second. So once I create this app, I can delete this bottom reference line that we created. This plot, the reference line with nucleated with the type tool. Now I can extrude this like this. So we gave was smoothness to the side as well. Now it looks much better than what we'd look like. Christy. Similarly, again noted this rectangle, but before that I will measure it a little bit on this bottom side. Now, I can rotate it with the help of rotation. So rotation shortcut can be Q on your keyboard. So when you press Q, you can see that currently it is activated. Now, I was at at this point, lock it into the green axis, and that'll give it a rotational, say 30 degrees. Press Enter. Once I do that, this would be rotated into angle of 30 degree, but maybe more than what it should be practically used. So I will again creator rotation with the rocket in the green axis and drag it around so 15 degrees. This should look better now. So we created a table with Hale-Bopp, few tools that we learned in our tutorial previously. So this is the basic application and using those tools in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 11. Scale: Welcome back. In this video tutorial, we're going to go through the scale tool in SketchUp. The scale tool, it allows us to stretch any object and squeeze any object in detection. And with regards to our practical or you can set of values also. So the scale is available in toolbox over here with the sign of this box demonstrating an arrow going out through it. When I click on Scale Tool, you can see that it will display a small box similar to this tool icon next to the cursor. Now, either you can select this object. So when I select this object is we'll display meter, the current vertex point on the different edges and faces of this object that is cube over here. Now, I will press Escape key and exit the command. I'll press space bar to exit the tool as well. Now, once you do that, you can see that the box does not have any more testing. Now, the scale tool can also be enabled from the two sets. When you go to under tools, you can see that there are various types of tools or whatever here, all the tools that we use in SketchUp are available in this two set. Now, when you go to this, you can find this that move rotate and scale. Scale is available here as a sixth option. Also, the shortcut key for each tool can be displayed over and the right side. I can click on Scale and activate the scale tool as well. Now, if I press the, sorry, if I select this cube and press S, This will also activate the skeletal on this cube. So I can stretch and your skill or faces. If I, personally, if I select any of these corner points, suppose this, this, this, and these are the four corner points on each faces. So if I drag this and scale it, it will be proportional in each direction, means the ratio will be maintained for the cube because it is stretching from two corners that are opposite as or diagonal to this step. So like this, I can stretch it into the corners with maintaining the proportional ratio. So if I scale it from the faces, you can see that the deformation of this cube has been visiting. So like this, if I do this, it will deform the shape of this cube. I will undo that. Now, next thing about this tool is that if I select this point and if I want to increase this skew, currently, let's measure the measurement of this cube. I will select the type tool and measure the height of this cube. So it is currently 6.24. Now if I want to double the, you can say double the size of this cube. I can do that with the help of Scheduled 2. So currently the height of this cube is six meter and doubling it will be roughly around 12.5 or something. So again, animal the scale tool by pressing guess, I'll select the corner point and I will provide the scale value on this right measurement tool box as to maybe pick two and press Enter. Now, we will test it with duct tape to tape to measure it. You can see that the measurement is displayed it around 12.48 debt-free, what we roughly estimated after the measuring it in the previous size. So this is how the skeletal walks. Now you can also scale with the help of snaps and other references. I will do that for the moment. Now. I will select the type tool and I will give you the measurement on this red Xs or reference on this red exits, must have a Rocket Internet access, and I will give the reference around four meters. So we have this distance of revenue as a reference or four meters from this box. Now I need to squeeze or I need to stretch this shape with reference to this point, or roughly around this point. I will select this cube, rest the scale tool, and I will select this face. And I will drag it around this and it will let me snap it with this reference line. You can see that it is currently snap to this reference length. Now once you do that, I can delete this line as well. Another thing I would like to show you is that when I click and drag again, I will take it a reference first. Say three meters from this point. Now, if I need to scale this, but I also need to maintain the whole ratio of this box. Because suppose if I'm scaling from this corner point, it is maintaining the whole ratio. But if I do not have access to this point in my complicated models for just assume that I can do that with the help of this face as well. But if I am stretching it from this phase to this reference, you can see that I'm not able to just a Eigen not skeleton with the proportional main maintaining proportional and when it is scaled or it is around this reference, you can see that the boxes highlighted in yellow means currently it says that it is scaled with the reference. So when I press Shift key, like this, if I'm doing this and I press and hold the Shift key, it is maintaining the whole ratio. You can see that there is a difference in the size. So on pressing Shift key, it will maintain the ratio. Once I press the Shift key, it will be maintaining the ratio means currently the walks ratio is turned on. You can see that whole box is sending its shape. When I turn off the Shift key, you can see that only this face is dressed. So I will press the Shift key and maintain the ratio on, repel it into all directions. So like this, it has been geared into all directions in SketchUp. Now let's understand scale tool with some practical example. So I have this bench over here. What a better understanding. Now, if I want to scale this or increase the length of this bands, I can do that with the help of scale tool. I'll select this bench, activate the scale tool. And I can also activate stretch this in the length like this. So like this, I can increase or decrease the length of this band than I do that you are able to see that all the material is also stress. We will discuss this in further portion of this SketchUp when we reach to the material, material XP application. So I can also scale it in any vertex or direction like this. Oppose like. It is easy to understand compared to the BU because it is a practical example or a practical object. So like this, you can use the scale command or scale tool in SketchUp. You can technically skeleton from anywhere, texts or any point, as you can see it here. So this was all about the scale tool, and we will wrap up this tutorial over here. Thank you for watching. 12. Back Edges, Hidden Geometry and Un/Hide objects: Welcome back guys. In this tutorial, we are going to understand another's concept of SketchUp, that is hidden geometries, hidden objects, and hiding entities. Let's, let's start with the heating geometries option was to fall. As we mentioned earlier, that each and every object, or whether it be circular CO, is formed by an single segment that is lined. When I tried to draw any column here. Suppose such as this. You can see that there are so many edges visible honors. And as we learned earlier how to control this. We can go to the entity information and we can toggle it from here segments. If I turn it to 50 and press Enter, you can see that it is much smoother now. But when a zoom-in UK will be still be able to see the edges. Now, I will deduct this as we do not require to demonstrate the hidden it is concept or explain you. I'm going to draw some object here with the help of follow me to lend calls. So first I will create a colleague. I will draw here. So it does not take any offense and rocket into red Xs and draw call here. Now you can see that there are so many visible segments on this one. I will draw another alphas copyright, that of mortal. And I will draw the 90 year. Now we're also joined it with the line. Now, I will draw a circle over here in the middle of it with telephone locking it into blue axis. And I will also draw a circle over here, locking it into a blue axis. Now, you saw that we drew two objects all year. Now let's convert this into an object with the help of follow metal or update. Click select this and convert it into an object like this. It may not be perfect, but this is just for the understanding, but for this, now, I will undo that last one. Do we let it be for the next part. So you can see that we convert this object into a 3D as option with the help of the Follow Me too. Now, I will go to the Styles. And when we go to the edit field, few options here for the moment I will turn off profile and dashes. We'll get to this options in for the coming lectures just for the moment. Pay attention on this part. Now, what we're gonna do is if you look around properly, when we go to the View option, we have this option says that he didn't geometry. When I click on he didn't geometry, it will display all the segments that have helped or that are used to form this call. So you can see that it currently it just playing all the geometries of this object, 3D object. And also, once you've done all the sudden dormitory, you can select it separately. Like suppose with the help of this option, I can select this all the parts. And I can also toggle between them with the help of this modulus. You can see that I can control them, deform them, or I can alter them as valid. Now, I can also push, pull or press pull them like this. So once the object one-stop tick is converted into any 3D model, it is going to have some geometries with typeof it in geometry option, you can turn it on the table feeding geometrics. You can turn that on. Now if I go to the view again and you can see that theta endometrium option is turned on and I will turn it off. Once you turn it off, you won't be able to adjust any hidden geometry of this shape. Read that you can only alter our work around with the basis of this object. Now, I will undo that for the momentum, and I will turn on the heat and geometries optionally, you can see that there are so many boxes of visible on this one. Now, you read will try to alter the segments in this 1 first, rather than 12 segments, I will make it say 24 and press Enter. So we doubled the number of segments that are formed by it is go. I'll turn this off and I will again create an object with terrible follow me to oil here. Now you can see the difference between this bot top tips a little bit closer. You can see that as we increase the number of segments in this code, the geometry is also increased for the shape compared to this one, the right side of the shape has more geometries. Now, pay attention here that whenever you increase the segments and number of geometries in object, it will slow down your workflow and it will, it will occupy more projects space means the file will be very large and it will be hard to deal with. So make sure that if you do not require more humor, prison and call or object, joke them as less as possible and lighter as possible. So this was about hidden geometries. Now next option we're going to learn about them is visible hidden geometry. So when I press K, you can see that they didn't. Geometries in the background off this object are visible. When I press K Again, this will annihilate into symmetries. This will help me to look back on this model. To further understand this, I will draw another object. So here I will delete this first. As we do not require now. I'm not drawing anything with the scale, so it's is just for information purposes. And I will create a group of this box. Now we've created a hollow box that is closed from one side and open from another. I will again create some objects inside this one. Now that push, pull them with that above this options as well, and create a group of them. Now, once I do that, you can see that we have turned on theta1 geometries option as well. So the cylindrical geometries are visible to us because as this box does not contain any other photometry is other than this corner edges. It won't display any geometries on them. While it is circle contains various segments that I have to form the circle. And the segments are also reflected as a form of hidden geometries around this one. Now, as soon as I press K, this will turn off to make edges of stop sharing. Now, the package is, is nothing but something that is visible from the faces. When I press K, it will down the back edges of this box and make sure you did not alter with the default shortcut for the back edges. And it should be same in your sketch up as well. If you're not, you can go to the shortcut and alter it as well. Now as soon as I turn the back edges it is displaying me all the edges that are covered with the face. Suppose if I'm viewing this box from this angle and I am not able to see what is behind this as soon as that Amanda make edges, I will be able to display this as well. So I can see that there are some trees that are hidden behind this option. And when I turn on date and geometry like this, it will display me the basic geometries of a shape. Now, I can also alter with them. Once I am done with this, I can select the Move tool and we tell, well, once I move my cursor over this, he didn't objects. I can also move them without going to the top view like this. I can also move them in various corners and also snap them to different objects like this. You can see that I'm currently working on this one. Also. I can also draw around with inside this phases. Suppose like this, I can turn this box from inside as well. Now this may not be visible currently from this basis because it is currently inside this both the face, the neck risky again, this will hide all the back edges of this box. Now, as we previously able to ungroup this first. Now if I had this face, you can see that currently we, that we drew inside this way walks was over here. So this is the major benefit of the Beckett is that you can work around with any objects that are hidden behind the geometry. So suppose you are working on a large project and there are some hidden objects that you need to see before you work further. So you can do that without hiding or opening or exploiting any other shapes. With regards to the project you are working on. The next concept we're going to learn about is hiding and animating objects. As we use. Just noticed that I hide this phase for the temporary time. I did that with the help of the heading tool available in SketchUp. So for this instance, I redid it is first, I'll create some objects here to understand this concept. Now we'll create a group of them. So I really do not have to walk around with this faces and other options. I will turn off. Okay, the hidden geometry is done off as well. Now recall period, dread and just around here. Now, you can see that all are, the oldest objects are independent of texts and they are independent group. So if I want to hide an object, the shortcut key for that is that i o customized as per my use it, but you must tell other options for that. So to hide any object, you just have to select it. Go to Edit and select, don't hide. Currently I was hurt my shortcut to be edge, so it is edge over here. So when I select this object and press edge, it will be hidden from this group or this project. Now, you may notice that it is not currently visible. But if I wanted to work around, around other objects like this, I am moving this box around the year and that object was around here. I will go to Edit again, what to unhide. And except of selecting last, I will select all this will unhide all the objects. Also, IO selected, the customized shortcut for that is Shift Edge in my workflow. So you may have different UI. You can also go to this Edit option, go to 100 and ticket around. Now, if I hide this object, hide this object. If I want to unhide the last object, I can do that with the ripoff j. As soon as I press a, it will ignite the last objects. So if I hide this object and press J, it will unhide. If I hide this two objects with the help of edge. And when I press Shift Edge, it will unhide all the objects in a project like this. So this is what the major benefit of IDs that if I want to work around this box on this side of this phase, suppose I wanted to work on this, on this space of this box without moving this other box number 2, I will undo that supposition is that I can hide this object over here, work on this face of the box and I can unhide it later. So this does not affect any of my workflow and I do not need to move most so many objects around us of walks. Now another, another concept of hiding is that if this is a group, right? So if I go double-click on this group and open it for editing, if I hide the face, top face of this object and I would select or I would click on outside of this group, means that the Arctic is currently hidden. If I press Shift Edge, this one on ICT, the face of this group, I have to double-click on this group to appoint, open it to eight again and I refresh cheap debt to adopt. It means that when you create a group and hide something inside or alter something inside that one, it won't be affected when you unhide it without editing the group, you should have a you must have to edit the group first like this, and you can then unhide objects that are hidden. Now to understand the hiding of this objects and everything properly, IO some project here that I worked previously. So I will move to that. Here we see this in depth. I will turn on the edges. So i o this project that obviously worked on. So you can see that there are fewer objects that are not as few. There are so many objects in this project. For the instance, if I wanted to walk on this window, this column must be blessed mistake displaced for this, for possess because it is currently on my way when I want to work on this window. So I don't not held to move it around and again place it to exit location. I can do is what I can do is I can click on this and I, when I click on edge, this will hide this object. Now I can easily move on, sorry, easily work on this window. Supposedly if I turn on the hidden objects. So currently we have written this column, so I will add some more objects to show you another option I would have discrete. Now all this green is from disparate parts are A1. So now when you go to the View option, you another option that is called hidden objects. If I don't know he didn't objects option. You can see that it will display me the geometries of the objects that are heated as we need in this column, you can see that photometry of this column is visible to us like this. And you can not only the seed, but you can also move it and alter with it. So this is helpful if you are currently confused at what optics you have hidden and if you are working on the part that has currently covered by some other objects. So you can see that the reals are also visible with A1 geometries of them. With the help of this Eden optics option, you can view what objects you have he didn't previously. Now another thing about this hidden objects option is that it is not available in the previous versions of SketchUp. This option was introduced in the 2021 version of the sketch up. So make sure you are working along with the latest version of the sketch up. Now to unhide all the objects, what I can do is I'll press Shift Edge. This will help me unite all the objects currently active in this project. So this was all about back edges, hidden objects, and Hayden geometries in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 13. Solid Tools: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to go through the solid tools available in SketchUp. If you do not find those or at those options in your walk toolbars, you can go to this anywhere on toolbar and click right-click on this. And animals sorted loose option when a tic disorder Close option, this will open this tool set off this order toes, I bless this sorted close over here. Now, as you can see that wheel six types of solid tumors. One is outer shell, under one is intersect a union, subtract, dream and split. We will go through them one by one. But before we go through them, we need to understand that what objects are able or what objects can be edited. Or alternatively type of the solid tools. I'm going to draw a box here. And I will create a group off this boxes. Now, I will get my group. As soon as I do that you can see that the older faces of this box are currently closed, means there are no penalties or open faces in this box. When I click on this, forced to let its outer shell, and I will click on this box. So it is saying that this is a solid group. But as soon as I explored this, this is currently not a group that is open facing awful mocks. Now if I go to the outer shell again and keep my mouth, Azaryah, this is saying that not a solid. You can see that that is all messages popped up next to the arrow. Now, to understand this, I will delete this face again, and I will create a group off this box again. Now, currently this box is a, a group, but it is worrying and face that is open, that is exposed to some hollow shape. Now when I go to the intersect or sorry, outer shell and click on this, this is a vein saying that it is not a solid means that if you want to use this audit to zoom, must have opportunities. Having a closed set on each edge that has no open boundaries are no fun edges in this box. So I'll go to this and that will close this shape with the rectangle. Now again, if I collect on this and go to this, it is saying that it is a solid group. Before we move ahead, I would like to tell you one more thing, a more disordered group. And we double-click on this unedited. Now we'll draw two lines over here. One is like this, and another one is like this. Now you can see that this two lines are currently on this face of the box. Means this is part of this group. And again, if I go to the assorted tooth, this is saying that one or more of the objects contained within the selected object is either not a solid origins clock. And outer shell operation cannot be performed on this section selection. So this means that this object, this is consider it as an open object means the cell is not a shape in this solid box. So I need to double-click on this. Now as soon as I close the shape like this, you can see that the lines don't filter bit thinner compared to the lines that we saw previously that when ticker then this, this means that this box is currently hearing the shapes that is closed off face that is closed. There are no open boundaries, no upon edges in this box. Now if I exit the editing group and I will go to the outer shell again. And if I click on this, this is again saying that this is a solid. And then we can alter with this options of this audit groups into this object. Now as you know that what objects adequate close faced and what objects can be altered with the help of the solid tools, we will move ahead in this tutorial. I will select this object for now and we'll draw other few objects. Do demonstrate the other options are distorted tool panel. I deselect this and I will create a box. Create a cylinder here. And I'll group this all again, separately. Now, I will move this part and mesh it inside this box. I will create few copies of this. Exactly. I will teach you how I created the multiple copies at funds in advance tools. Now, if you see this, data to save that are currently not an object, are not grouped into one another. So when I click on this outer shell option, and I will be asked to select the first shape, and I will select the second shape. Once you do that, you can click and even outside this top ticks. Now this, both the optics are going to be shaped into one. They are combined as a single object. If I tried to exploit this, you can see that I'm not able to walk on this both independently. If I delete this face or itis phase, you can see that the inner uptake of this cylinder is being cut down to this or trim down to this object as well. So this creates a hollow shape of this box on top texts. This was about this outer shell option. The next option here we have that is called intersect. And I click on this, then at two objects, right? So I will click on intersect, select my first object. And you can see night next to the arrow there. It's denoting to as a small number means I need to select my second optic. I will select this. And with regards to the phospho techno selected, it will only keep the part that is intersecting from what the objects means. The combination of this object or the cylinder and part of this box that was meshed into it and each other. We're only remain, the rest of the objects will be deleted. So and this will be converted into group as well. Coming to the next option that we have here is called union. The union and outer shell looks the same, but they have a slight difference. We will go through that in this tutorial further. For now, let's use the Union tool. When I click on Union, this will ask me to select my first top 10. So I will select this as my first object and select this as my second object. As soon as I do that, this boat objects will be turned into a 10 single object. So this both to objects or converted into one objects, as we saw in this outer shell option, but they both have some differences that will come other and learn about. Secondly, Let's learn about next to that just says subtract. Now you must be knowing from the name itself, what does this two layers. And I will again create a copy of this mirror around here. So let's learn about the first two of the Subtract. Now when I click on subtract and I click this as my phosphate uptake and click this as my second opposite. The foster object that you will be selected will be subtracted, including the intersection of this book titled texts. Now, if I come to a, come over here, I walked, subtract to it. This time I will be selecting this cylinder as post object and this box as my second objects. So you can see that the part that was intersecting any to each other has been deleted, including the first object. Whatever object you will select first will be deleted with including the part that intersected between both top texts. This was the about subtract 2. Now next two layer we have is dream too. So this is also working same and similar to the subtract 2. But let's see what the difference is. When I click on trim tool, I'll select this box is first object and select this as the second octet. And I will press enter. Now you can see that the trim tool does is that when I tried to subtract this or Moody's, this will delete all the inter the intersection part of this. Both top texts integrate this both as a different entities. If you do not understand this, we will try to demonstrate this again. And we say like this both. And then create a coffee. Now is becoming a UC that I can move this. And this is currently a part of this box that is currently just meshed into each other. They both are all separate entities. Then I use the trim tool. I will select this as dream. I will select this as my first object and select this as my second object and press enter and exit the trim tool. Now you can see that currently this box where meshed into each other, but the part that was being meshed into each other is currently deleted. So when I move this object away from this, the first object will remain as it is. Second object will have some cut down inside it. So the messy part will be remaining with the first object and say steam segment like this. So this was about dream. And the lastly via option here is called split. Now. Okay, I will just scale it to the side so we can understand this better. And I will put this centered around. Right. Now you can see that there are some parts that are currently mashed into each other. So when I use the split tool next, this will be my first and this will be my second. So what does the DD here is that it's separated the part that was currently meshed into each other or threat DOS currently intersected between these two objects. So if I move this object cylinder away from this, you can see that the part that intersected is still remaining goal here. I can separately move the intersection part of this both objects as well. So this will create the intersected part as a split object from this book though, objects that were combined into each other. So this was all about the Solid 2's. Now let's understand the difference between the outer shell and union. As we discussed earlier, what I'm doing is I will create some objects here. Suppose as this box. And I will trim it down around here. And it could lead a group of this. And I will draw another object right on the top of this. I will create a copy of this book, top tips around here. Now we have two groups over 1212. I've done on the hidden edges. You can see that that is empty hollow walks between these two objects. I will use the auto show to select this Poston, select this as my second, as soon as I do there to also all objects. Do it between debt where between this object are currently wiped off, means that debt is deleted, then I use the union two similarly on this two objects with that above this union tool, select this as my first instinct isn't my second object. You can see that the hollow shape that we created is still remaining between this. If I explored this both top texts and I will unhide this. So rehired this top face. You can see that it is a currently hollow box. Miss the, all the objects that were coexisting for previously between the optics have all been wiped off in the outer shell command. While in this union tool, that will be still be constant means this box is still remaining between this as a hollow shape. So this was the difference about outer shell and union in this sorted. We will wrap up this lecture over here. So this was all about the solid tools and sketch up. Make sure you practice through this before you learn further. Thank you for watching. 14. Paint Bucket Tool: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about other tools in SketchUp. Paint bucket tool materials to in SketchUp, many are looking any object you can wish to apply, any material. You can do this with dipole, the paint bucket tool currently then a white material or a white color we see on each object that we create in SketchUp, it is called before it. Material. That's quartered key for the material or Paint Bucket Tool is me. You can also activate the materials tab over here, and you can also click on any of these colors to activate the paint bucket tool. Now, when you click on this drop-down button, you will have various options and race categories of materials available by default in SketchUp. Then equal to ask file type below some asphalt and concrete objects are starting materials all here. And when I click on proofing, I will have some roofing materials and textures over year. Similarly, a radius type of textures and materials present in this on. Now, when ugly me, that is the shortcut key for the paint bucket tool. This will activate the paint bucket tool in my sketch up. Even now, we will go to the lesson on stone option. I'll click on any object such as this material that says get into my model. Now, I will click on this face and this will pull detect objects with the help of this paint bucket tool as in material on the surface. Now the surface hold, this box is covered with this material. I can put this same material on any phase of this object such as this and like this. So currently you are going to play this and it is not mandatory to play the same material. I can also play another material on this face like this, or whether top of tech. When you zoom in you can see that texture material MIT is means it is just any method is converted into a material for the scatter. Coming further. If you wish to go back to the default material, you can see that is a space that is half gray and half white box. It is said that the Ahmadiyya to the default. When I click on this again, this will be set to the default material of the SketchUp. So this was about the basic of this material. Now let's see another example. Here we have this box. I will triple-click on this converted into a group. Now once you convert this object into a group, as we previously applied material to each phase of this. When the optically is converted into a group, I will select some other material for this example, we recon patents, sorry not the patents will click on landscaping and fencing. I'll select this grass. Now is I will convert this box into an object sorted into a group. When I click on this, now, all the sites of this group will be colored with this material. Coming further. I heard there's another two boxes or three boxes. I look lazy some material to this face. I will apply the same material to each of these other phases. Now, if I wish to replace this material on this whole project, I will select this material for that it is light green glass. I have to click on each face to apply this material. But other than that, what I can do this and I click on this material and press the congruently by applying like this, you can see that each base that is connected to each other, having the same material will be converted into this material that isn't we ablate newly. Now, you may notice that the material on this surface is not despite of being the same. So undo that with pressing Control C. Now, after he knew, notice that this is not what you want if you need to change the material in whole project and each and every phase of the objects that are currently existing in my project. What I can do this, rather than pressing the Control key overs the Shift key while playing material. This time we will use another material for demonstration. This time I would be choosing this brick. Now, you can see that this both tomatoes on these three phases and this object are same. And once we press Control key, this will only tends to objects. For surfaces that are currently connected to each other. I will Control Z and undo that. Now, I'll press Shift key while applying, select the material for seed. Press the Shift key and press on this material. You can see that the material that was existing in my whole project has converted to this new phrase. Now, this does not end only you come back to this one. If I apply the brake material on this surfaces, what I can do is I can, when I click on this Edit option, I can edit the material of this brick. Now, I can adjust the opacity of this material texture like this. I can change the color for this breaks from this color wheel and mini click on this color wheel dropped down. I have another options to adjust the color, that is edges, SLS method, RGB method, and HSB methods. With this, you can have your specific values for the colored input and you intend likewise. Now there is another option there, and nuclear changes. When I click on this, this will be bringing back older before it materially of this one. Now coming below, I can also add just the texture. We will see this portion in the next video categories. So let it be for the moment. Now, I can also apply against the texture size like this. Again, suppose two meter here, and this will change the size of this texture. On that screen, you can see the tendons that are currently being reflected in the object. So I will let it be to default by clicking on this reset color. And our agendas to one. Now I can also adjust the opacity of this material and alter the transparency of this object in my screen. So this was all about the material and paint bucket tool in SketchUp. You may notice that we have not covered the texture part of this materials because this will be covered in the video portion of this tutorial. Thank you for watching. 15. Tags and Outliner: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to discuss about some new feature of scattered, that is decks and Alena. So let's get started with the tags option. Supposedly knew if I create some groups or here. I'll create this as a little make group and create this as a group off the box. Now, on the right-hand side under the portray you will find option called outliner and txt. So first, let's learn about tax. I would expand the text from here. Now you can see that data, name of the texts and dashes are default for the same. Zoom in. Notice, when I click on this and go to the entity Info, it will display the information of this group as well. When I click on this, it will say it is a solid group 1 model. Now, the tech system, that concept of text is more delayed working on layers in AutoCad. You few out hemisphere with it. You may be noticing that. So I'll create a new tag here. Suppose click on this plus icon, create a tag off and Groups 1. And now as soon as I click on this, i can more into the little flood as a ugly condescended info. And from the tag option, I was elected as a group's fun. When I do that, I can unhide inherited this as a book to one. When I can create multiple groups, a group two. And I will create another some objects here. Toggle off them. And more regular tax option and group two. So I take this as a group to indicate this as a little one. Now I can hide and unhide this what options into existing projects. So this is most helpful when you're working on a large scale projects, supposedly as a integer projects that are so many components and features that you use an index to year based project and you can hide and group the trees with the tax option. So this would be helpful if you are looking on something. It's creating a loose Homewood lot on your software. Now, the date concept and outliner concepts are closely related to each other. Before we model that part, I will show you one more thing that whenever I create a copy of this, any object. So information of this as a group, being in a group two will be retained with her. So when I click on this and it will take the tape off this, this would be also tagged with a Group 2 as well. It does not mean that if I call period it will be retained to the untamed before it grew. So this is the default on Baghdad that is available in scattered. And again, not I unhide it or hide it because this movie I say it has a default on this scatter plot are making would edit unidentified this. But once. Now, let's move on to the outliner. Now, we ensured that we created three groups Oil monopoly on this. Each one is, we'll display the group individually. Means it is similar to tag, but it is not as deg theta, Google's main is one. And this both are in the group tool. So outliner displays to each and every group already Alina will project when a cleared some more other multiple objects for. Or here is for example, in creating more objects. Now to create for your corpus of damage bill. Now you can see that we have so many books available in our scatter. Now, each name contains the middle, right? So this may be very confusing when you're working on a project that because it will display me all the groups as a group's only while here that are not specific name attached to it. But if I click on this group one or group of this cube or a box, you can see that there is a name that is saved. That instance four-year or a can either provide a name for this one over here. What I can type it over here as well. So give it a name. Fostoria walks one. And you're going to get the name of this one, change all here. And I can name it as a cylinder to double-click on it, it into one. Sorry, I read about bleak or here, and then double-click on this and give it a name of a cylinder to. Similarly a will give it the name of box three. Box two. Box three. We can see that it is automatically arranging them as put alphabetical orders. So these are enough. I will delete this extra little swirl name. Now you're going to be a few groups reading our product. Now if a group, individual groups into one with the creative group option, and we'll just two into one group and ungroup this bought into one group. You're going to get this will display me in whether women as men and old existing groups and subgroups are available in them. To group one contains these two groups, and these two groups are individual groups in each one. So when I click on them to really split me desert as well. Like this, I can unhide in a tennis ball inside the group as well. So they can donate this box that is currently existing in this group minutes elected. This route is chlamydia blue entities and outlines for the body, but it may not display meter box that is currently existing in global because it is hidden from this outline at option. Now, coming further. If I hide this box with a high adoption, you ended up via written this as well. But I can also hide in unheated from our view. Now we learned in previous tutorials that if I go to this group and it group option, and I hide this object. And if I let her, if I exit the group editing and press Shift M, that is the shortcut coordinating all dark text. This will not unhide all the objects because it is currently inside the school able to go to this group. Rest has shifted button to unhide it. But said what they can do is come here that does outline that will help me identify the which boxes or which groups are hidden inside the subquery then groups, I don't know. How do you go to this group edited and then anhydride. I can either do it directly as we saw it earlier from over here. So this is our outline. It will help us to categorize our groups in a big projects. Be sure to see some of those examples when we are going to create our house in Florida coming lectures. So this was all about tax and our planar in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 16. 3D Warehouse: Welcome back In sketch and we learned so far to create models, skew them materials and create a group or a component of 10. But when you are working on some projects, you're in various components from voice, windows, doors. Sure, you can say that the cars and everything. So you don't have to model each and everything in SketchUp. You can download few models from the SketchUp Warehouse. There is a facility available in SketchUp that is called 3D Warehouse. It comprises of all the components that you can think of. All the authors or users of SketchUp can also upload their own components and models in that. So the component option can be really been on this panel around your weed seeds that 3D Warehouse. Also you will not have that option. You can click on here and checkmark this warehouse option. This will display the same, this fall to set over here in this panel, you can switch them over here. And I will open the 3D warehouse from here. But I can also do it from this as well. When I click on this, it will open a new window within this catch up, you can see that all these models can be downloaded in your SketchUp model. So this is all about that. Now, I will just maximize this, so we can go through this better. Now all of these objects you are seeing, all these images. You're seeing objects that are designed by some users of SketchUp. And these all Alta, existing model. When you go in any one of this, you will see that there are various moral information available or thought or design out of debt model is available URL so you can contact them via e-mail. Now, in order to access to 3D Warehouse, you make to make sure that you are logged in with your SketchUp account. Also, you don't have to pay or anything, or you don't need any premium subscription for having an account of SketchUp. So it is free to access this ketchup with 3D Warehouse with the SketchUp account. Once you do that, you will have this window when you open the 3D warehouse. Suppose if I need some carbs to be in my model, I card over here, press Enter. It's gonna do that. I would have various models that are available on SketchUp. Now, now when you search some something on the SketchUp, you will have four options within here. That is product models, collection, and catalogs. So what is a product? A product is something that is already existing Min, suppose this cost that you are seeing on the screen are already existing in real world. This had a replicable model, often existing God that are modeled exactly same as the existing cars available on the market. When you click on this, you will find some options already, some information about this model. And this car does actually exist in a model. When I click on see more details, I can, this will expand and this will display me all the dimension for the same. I will go back. Now. There are models, option products and what does Alice same, but the products are the models that are actually existing in real world. The models are the mortars their time who was designed ended have no sir, 1080 of actual existence. So you can see that there are various models of cars. Now furthermore, the next option is collections. So if I'm a user of SketchUp, I can create my own connection of different components. Like it's like having your own SketchUp library online. I, if I'm surfing gear and if I like some car I can edit to my collection. I will create a special collection on the SketchUp. I have. For example, I would like to say that Instagram, when you're swiping through feeds, you, you can save your favorite posted at that, then it's digging a screenshot of them. Similarly, you can create your own collections. And if you've met the collection public, it will be visible and also in the search results, be helpful for others as well. On each collection you will see some number here. This displays the total number of models data currently existing in that collection. If I go to this collection, it will have a full models over here, that is 1, 2, 3, and 4. Now, collections have also heard similar connection within them. When I click on models, it does not have any models, but this collection has already existing. One collection inside of it. So this weaker collection contains 363 models. This car studio contains 71 models. And these are mediated immune state. You don't have to change any material or parameters for that when you are using that for video rendering, we will surely get to this and we're dissection. Now, we will get back. So these are all about the collection. Now, catalogs. If you are a business owner, you can upload your catalogs through this page and you can make them available to the general public. Suppose this will be helpful for you to display your models and designs or pure business. And also they are uploading them model. So we could use it in our projects and displayed to customers of how it should look like after the construction has been done. Now, getting back to the other things, when I go to Model or products USA, that fee, you have some other options over on the left side. Now, in this category section, I can minimize or maximize or each of these properties. So starting with the category, I can select any of this category if I need to go in deeper search. So when they go to all categorical and select building products, this will display me the cars that are originated or the author when uploading this models, who said them with the aligned with TMDL building products section. If I search here, say sitting on the seat. Now we design the building products. When I change the category of this from architecture, this will display me some more architectural sites that can be used for a mass. You can see that this Alto seats that are available. If I didn't the category again to say interior design, this will display with us it's that are more suitable for the integers. So like this, you can also cursory search category wise. Now it also as subcategories. In some of these options, you will find subcategories as well. So I can also switch between say, healthcare search. So this will display mental health care's type of certain banks go to commercial, this will display me some commercial seats area that are suitable for the receipt to be used. Now next thing is, I will attend this and we will write something else. You can literally search anything and this will be available in most cases. So as you can see that this is not displaying any Up result for now. So I will change the categories to all categories. Soon as I do that, I will have various options over here. On the right-hand side. You can sort them by up or down. Relevance. Popularity likes author title, date modified, and date added. So this is just basic sorting or you must be having idea about I can set it to popularity and I read soon as I click up arrow, this will display the most popular model or most, or least popular model on the SketchUp. Now, on the left-hand side we have other properties panel. I can add just the size of this object, it being displayed on this screen. When I click on this airplane water, you can see that the file size is set to two m b. Let's go and search for something. I will search castle here. So these are the displease me some caseloads their warehouse. So when I click on this one, the size of this is also two MB. So let's try to find something that has bigger size. This is also to MBS. Well, so you can see that when I'm surfing, I follow the example of the showing you our demonstration purpose. I'm searching for a larger model, but I can also be written out to where it says available for them. Also one more thing, if you notice that some of this model tactile, some location logo here, this means that they are already existing at a place and they have been modelled on the warehouse. So I will get to this portion and coming lecture about geo locating your models. Next thing is, we'll let's set some parameter for the results that are displaying on the screen. Now is set the size to be 25 to 40. And B's only will this will only display the models that are 40 and be around 20 MBA at the least. So let's say, we'll open this first one. And this, you can see that this is saying that Nevada city model, and it is around 32 MB's as well. The parameters we'll apply at OU. Now polygons. Now, as we learned earlier that each modal or each Cohen's kappa B is comprises obstinate various segments. So you're going to put in the circle. It is made up from various segments of lines. So you can have just the polygons over here. Now remember that as least two polygons you use or air as much as less you prefer the polygons, the model size and model will be easy to manage and sketch up. Otherwise, it will take a lot of soap Lord, on your computer or desktop. Now we also made one street area for that. I will just set it to reports. When I click on Add once we owe some other options or whatever you are. So next, we can turn on the light components, dynamic components, and geodata, geo-locate components. We earlier we saw that some of the models held that location mark over here that will say that it was geo-located. When I click on geo-located models, facilities gleaming older models that are existing it up less and that are aligned with that location on the map. So these are called geo-located models. Dynamic components will be covered in our next tutorials. We will not worry about that. If I am searching for a specific model edit, I know that a title or a designer octet model. I can search it through this various integration OU, and I can put the values for as per say, his name is her name or data. He created the modern and modified it as well. So this can display me all the retail beaches for that model. Now, let's see another thing about this. When I click on my profile and go to the my profile page, these are the models that I will upload it on SketchUp, right? These are my collection. I have not created any collection yet, so it doesn't play me any collection. Decide to like motors, motors data IO, like Dove, other authors. And I can also have like collection. So as I was talking about earlier, decided my liked collection as I don't create any specific collection for myself. But these heard of someone dying at libraries that I would like. So when I click on landscape, contain all the landscape models available and sketch up. So this is about my profile. Now, if you wish to upload your own models, you can click on this option. But we do not have any modal PhD now, SketchUp yet, so I will click on no, you can upload it through year. This will be displayed on your models and if you wish, you're going to make it available for public as well. Suppose this model that is put our state u, i, o, married last year and I made it public as well. You can see that there are 41000 downloads and 50 cave use of this model. This is available for all the SketchUp users across the globe. Now on the right-hand side, when whichever model you will open, you will have some moral information over here. This will display me the polygons as well as we discussed earlier. These are nothing but the segments of lines. This is the file size, date modified. How many layers this contains all tags or outline is edited, discussed in previous tutorial unit of measurement of this model and in various other things about it, bounds. Distance from origin means that the 0 axis. So we get back to the home. Now let's insert some modelling are SketchUp and let's walk around with them. So I search your car, will minimize it a bit, and I will insert a Kano model. Now. We can download. Now when you click on Download, you will have two options. Either you can load this motor directly into your sketch off, or if you click No, it will open a directory and you can save it on your computer before you import it into this model. So click on yes, as we did a clean it to vibrate in our model. And I can place it anywhere over here, surplus it around here, that sees the origin. Now discard is downloaded it from the warehouse. You can see that it's really perfectly modeled in SketchUp. I can also read this by double-clicking on this model. Once I double-click on this, you can see that I can edit each component. It is already said by the author of this model helps us his car that we downloaded from warehouse. Now, on the right-hand side, we'll this diploid tree and where we can find the component option as well. In this component option, we can see that there are various default models available in SketchUp. And we also referred car that is available in SketchUp. You just click on this once and when you drag your arrow, Hindus would workspace. It will automatically attached this model with you. So I can insert this different models. When I click on this Home icon, this will take me to the older existing model in this sketch up. Now, as we already downloaded this, you can see that the displayed in my components section. Also, if you do not wish to go to this warehouse, you can directly search through some models. Quick search on from this component section itself. So I will take three here and press Enter. And I do that. This will display me tree from the warehouse. You can see that it is displaying results one off, trail off about 29,281 results. I can click on this tree, this redownload it automatically and place it over here. Like this. I can download an indirect with different components from where I was directly without creating them. Now, when I click on this View Options, we have a different type of view option. I can click on larger thumbnails, I going to do on small thumbnails. They can also displayed at a list and I can click on desert and a disability claim them as a results will back to the home. I click on this and the IO, this option here say it as in model. When I click on components, this will display me the default available components in SketchUp. When you click on this components, this will take me to the components that we are being seen for previously. I'll click on this and right-click on my modus as I looked in with my sketch, buy a pound in this 3D Warehouse. This will display the models that I've uploaded previously. Negative on my collection that will display media collection EPO created. And I can also save my models as a favorites on this from warehouse and this will categorize the automatically through this options. I can also go to the recently opened panels over here. So this is how you interact with these various components from warehouse and you can upload and download whatever that is convenient to you if you are working on large-scale projects and you need some models directly to from the warehouse. You can easily do that. And this is going to save you a lot of time because there's ready-made models are far better than what we can create because it will take a lot of time to some thing, perfect eyesight as this car, you can see that all these details, optics models have been perfectly crafted in this model. So this was all about this lecture and component section of the SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 17. Scenes and Camera: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we are going to learn about some Edwin SketchUp camera tools and scenes in SketchUp. So basically when you open a view or drawing, you ever seen this as an editor mode. Now, if I want to create some renders or adjust the views off of my project, I can do that with the help of scene manager and camera. So scene is so ellipse scenes are available in the trained eye dropper. Click on this drop-down button, I would know this modification icons. Now, first of all, I will create some object layer. Let's just create a smaller room, which is not to scale, so it is fine. So we can have some idea about it. Okay, I created this model to give it some random windows, just bought understanding an adult. Okay. So I get a small room. Oh yeah. If I want to enter the scene, suppose this should meet. I would should be looking when I render, if I want to render it from this angle. And now if I go to edit some things or EDA rooftop Alia, That's fine because we do not help make it up to scale. Okay, I created this object. Now if I go back over here, I lost my angle that I previously said for the rendering. So to retain it for the next renders or after more editing, you can, what you can do is I will start my team and I, this should be the angle I want to render it from. So what I can do is I will go to the scene and I will click on this plus icon. When I do that, this will lead a scene or ear, and you can see that a new trail is opened on this top off toolbar that say C1. And I relayed another scene. You can see that I get not just easily. So what I will do, I will go to, go inside OU. Suppose saved from this angle, I will want another seem to be created. So it seemed to OU. Now we have two scenes are on our sketches that are currently active. If I hide this object and I create a top view from this as a spin three. You can see that that scene 3 is also created. Now I will go back to the scene one and you can see that we don't all texts that I hope check that were hidden. Currently, that is only hidden in this entry. So when I click on scene 3, the object will be heating, means that it drains the information of the currently active objects and hidden objects in an NTD project. So if I go back to the scene 1, this wouldn't take me back to that. And if I go to seem too, this will take me back to that where all the objects that we aid was only active in that third one. So like this, you're going to change your scene in your project. Now, for the sake, let, if I need to render something from this angle, I can easily add scenes or non-monetary 50 to 30 other side of the project and do some modifications. I can always get back to this exit angles that activists needed. I just need to double-click on this one. But again, click on this scene 2 as well. And we're going to right-click on this. I can update as well. So now further, suppose say that I also want to highlight this top in the scene too as well. So I will go to s2. Sorry, I will let says, Oh, sorry, go to the scene 1. And I also wanted to write this slope objects on C1 as well as behaved in scene 3. So what I will do here is click on this, and I will hide it with the shortcut key that we get it that is edge. And I will click on Try, right-click over here, and click on this update. When I do this, this will update the scene as the currently active that is in our drawing more. So when I go to Scene 3, this will be done as well. And I go to Singapore, this rooftop will be available. And when I go to Scene 1, it will be it in a bank again. So this was about the scenes. Now I can also play an animation in the scene, so it will move in sequence, that is 1, 2, 3, and 4. So I'll go to Scene 1. I will right-click on it, and I will click on Play Animation. So when I do that, this will automatically start playing the animation about its legislature to detect few seconds I'd eat seeds and more under the next scene like this. So next things we are going to lamina autism at once camera tours. If you do not have any advanced camera to is what you're gonna do is you're gonna go to Tools and you have this option here. Click it once camera tools. Now, I can go right-click on this toolbar as well and click on this Advanced Camera two, then check it. Once I do that, this ambulance come into those will certainly be available. Now it is basically, you can see that it is conceptually similar to them since here, but this time we can access the special cameras that we need. Now before we move on to that be awesome views option here, currently I'm moving this object from this angle. Now when I go to the camera and I face in a parallel projection, this will show me this from the minced up front view that we are seeing from a top view like this. Like this as well. If I go to the camera again and select the perspective you that are currently active in our drawing. This is 3 perspective view. I'm going to go to the camera and select two-point perspective you dismiss Electric has a 2 perspective. You and us being able to see here that it is written that 2 perspective you, but it can only be active on one Sinon. Do more of what we did on this will be gone. So I need to again click on here and directed 2 perspective. So you do not have to do this always because while rendering you must render it in a 2 perspective you, because that is what originally VC not existing Word. So you can always set a shortcut key in my workflow, a short set the shortcut key phloem has been a click on this button. Has this really accurate to 2 perspective? And I've included a written it off. You can then go to the, to the Windows, go to Preferences. And you're going to go to a shortcut. And you can type your perspective. And even today when I click onto what's bacteria wireless and this shortcut gain as this has this, you can do the same in your view. Now let's understand these tools in a better way from a project that I've created previously. But before you move on to that, I will show you about 2 perspective and three-point perspective. We know detailed form. So you can see that here we have. So here we'll view objects. You can see that it is currently one-point perspective. Only one viewpoint is that there are three vanishing points. Means that this box is being viewed from any such an angle that it has three vanishing points. This book, the lines meet at a single point O here, this water emitting all here, and this will be meeting over here. Similarly, this is two-point perspective. To sketch a workflow is currently active in this three-point perspective. Whenever you are working on, are you in a general growing more than you actually read the book points perspective. This is used for rendering. So this was what about 1.2-point and three-point perspective view in SketchUp. Now, let's see about this project that I wouldn't wrestling working on Donald shadows. Now I need to create new scenes for the renders. So I want then brain-dead from this angle, C at this front view angle. But you can see that these lines are not aligned to each other. Currently, this lends us littleBits land from year. And it didn't land Colombia as well because they are meeting at a three-point vanishing points. So what I would do is I record that we went to Romania, resuming number, and I will aid us in over here. So view our front view scene. You can also rename this. So I will click here and click on Rename. We'll press Enter. So we'll create our Napster and feel. Now I will go to this side. And then Gemara here. So let's understand more about this camera has no, So from this advanced to live electorate that being camera. Now, what I want you to be doing here is I will click on this camera. So similar to what we did with the front-wheel, accurate perspective view. So this is the angle I want for my camera. So I will click on this camera. We're going to name it as say sideview again. And press Okay, so we have this came about and reading. Now this is displaying the book called Lens royalty and other details about this camera. Now you can see that that is a plus icon. It shows that it is the center point of our camera. Right-click on this. Again, you update seen thumbnail as well. So when I click on this, this will activate this as a scene. Now, if I move my mouse from around here, you can see that three out of that camera view, when I double-click on this distillery, take us back to that camera view. Now you might be wondering what is different between seen and cameras. So you're going to get, when I click on this button, this is lock and unlock and does his show and hide older cameras? When I click on this show and hide all cameras like this, and I double-click on it. This will take me back to the previously activated camera. So when I go over here, accurate my new gamma d2, say to camera, and we click on this and as a camera to go to this camera one button. And this will be making a miracle. So co-creating cameras, what we can do is I would click on this button and now we can move and switch between two cameras. I will click on this and click Okay, this will take me 10. Now I will lock this camera. This Gemini is locked. I cannot change any details about it. And when you zoom out Dr. locking them, you can see that both the cameras are being visible. When you see that this one is displaying red and this one is displaying blue, means that I locked the skim, it arbitrarily pop this lock button when I click on this option will be highlighting that saying that it is locked. And I click on this this morning, I lock it as well. Like this. You can lock and unlock the cameras. Now, flutter along. I can show an unidentified to skip it as in this drawing as well. If the accurate the shadows that leucine coming lectures, you can see that these cameras will contain some shadows. So if I hate them, they want and if you lose them, they will be having some shared with us. I didn't want the shadow. Well, thanks thing about camera is via water to whose only one is showing that flux timelines. And second one will be showing us the plus lens. So I redid it one camera. Say, I would just bid or discipline to reject it. You just do a corner and press the Delete button. Now I will select this, will unlock it first. Now we know the timelines. You can see that these out of us come lines of this gambit I'm instances danger from delete. This camera is moving along. I will click on this flood plains and this would also display as the placenta implants or area that has been colored by the camera view. So this is about camera to the next thing is did it, the camera will clear the aspect ratio of the bars. When I click on this, this would display me the aspect ratio. Bad debt will be removed. So let's get onto that first. We double-click on this and go to this camera view. Now we'll few other options on this cameras. Okay. So we'll fewer that options in this demo. I'm going to press Control key and press right or left. I can adjust the angle of this. Game it out like this. If I press night and left, holding down Control key down, I can add just this. And I press plus then walk up and down arrow. It will adjust the focal lentil focus of this camera. And if I put the Shift key, I can move this camera up and down. Part auto. Like this. You can have just a game does with these as well, that is Control and Shift key and using the arrow keys. Next thing about this game that loses that when I'm active in a camera like this, whenever active in this camera is currently. So if I go to this dues, what do the airlines camera tools? And when I click on this select Camera type, I can adjust the Gemara types as well as the data available in the market, if you will. Once knowledge about photography, you can just joking with others by your requirements. So I can go to digital and I can select some of those area. So censored one, 1619. So this is going to be interesting is it tails off or the lens and other settings on your camera that are currently coexisting in an actual game. And I'm going to double-click on this. This will display me as. And when I click on this clear bar aspect ratios, you can see that there are two lines all over your lactate is showing little bit of bars. Click on this, this will remove those bars. So that was the expectation. You often game it out. So it will remove the aspect ratio of the camera as well. So like this, you can create scenes and Gammon has and sketch up, and you can use them later for your rendering purposes. So this was all about cameras and seen since catch up. Thank you for watching. 18. Sections: Welcome back to this tutorial. In this tutorial we are going to learn about views and section. So let's start with the section. But before we move on to that section, I need to teach you about views adjustment in SketchUp. So right-click on this toolbar. You've seen that that is Option going to use. I've already and hammered it when I discovered my view section, toolset, well-being bond, so enabled abuse. Now, these are the five types of you that are already built in SketchUp or is you're going to six. Now, if I'm draw in discipline and I need to this from the exec least of front view with regards to all these x and y and z axes, I can wreak on this front view and this will detect me that. Now you might be noticing that it is not currently a cuter. So what we can do this as we studied previously about the projection and projection and different type of perspective views. So if I enable that parallel projection, this will show me that exactly two or even desktop view of the front with regards to this x and y-axis instead will be no 3D Xist existing in this room show me as a printed on a single trend paper. Now if I move to side view, the social media side view of this house, if I go to the back or left wheel, this is going to show me, Let u, this is going to show me the back wheel. So when I click on this back, this will show me the back view of the string. Now going to the top view, this is going to show me how does it look from the top? And because this all is visible of it, this looks very good because it is currently in a parallel projection when looking from a 2D option. But when I go to the isometric view, you can see that if I don't have to parallel projection IO shortcuts keep or that the, so when I press D, this will activate the perspective and disable the parallel. And if I press D again, it is really disabled perspective and animal parallels. So if I go to the perspective view, this is how we use SketchUp doing the editing model creation mode. If I press V again, this will be enrolled into parallel projection. We have sorted this how it is looking as a parallel projection. Now model, I'll go to the front view again. And this is Should, how it is looking right now. So I'll put it back all the earth. This is the most important thing that will be helpful to you while you are relaxing the rendering or reading other. Now let's enable this section sac. So even at eight click on this again. I will have some option here called sections. So when I click on this section and tick check it, this will provide me for tools that are available for creating a section in SketchUp. I will drag it over here. Let's say we just put it over here. Now, by creating section, you have to make sure that either you align it to your blue axis, means that off view that you want to call it, or the side view of red or green X's that you require. Now, moving on to that, I will create a section blend. You have to click on this option that says the section grant, that is the first one with the white circle and arrows, I would click on this. Now after clicking on this, you will be able to see that that is a square surrounding my cursor. So if I did over here, it says the unlocked blend Minster says blue access, the color of this square is blue. Now if I want to create an elevation section, what I can do is I will put it up to any wall. So when I click on it, sorting, when I put it around any royal lake or water around my mouse with an oil, it will show me that it is in red axis. If I put it on this side, it will show me there's this green axis because this will be better to green axis either through accident or the red x's. Now what if we want to do it in an uneven surface? Now you can see that I have created some uneven surface on the top of this room. And they also clear to someone in your surface is over here. So if I activate the section plane and put it on the top here, you can see that except of showing any red, blue, or green it is showing me that means that it is currently aligned to the slope of that section. So this is the slop and it is currently aligned to that slope, means this would be creating a sloppy section, so we do not need that. But in case if you require, you can always do that by creating slops and aligning it to that supposedly same missing middle. You can see that when I keep it all, yeah, this is aligned to that slot as well. Now let's create a section. Firstly, I will create a section on the sport, the top surface. So I will click on this. Once you do that, it will ask you the name of the section and symbolic few wish to align to it. So I will name it as say top view. First. And I will give you the symbol as 0 and click Okay. Now it's action is created, but this does not look like a section at all. So firstly, after creating the section unit two edges it into exit space or height you require. Once you click on the section, you can see that this is highlighted. Now, the another thing about section is when I double-click in. Another thing. When I double-click in any part of this section, this will donate all means that it will toggle off the section cut. We find a buckling again, this will toggle on the section cut into a house that is about the section will be invisible. Similarly, I can turn it off and turn it on as much as time I desire, or double-click on it. Now, as soon as I select this and I make it with the move tool, I can move it above or below its ends, the height of the section. And you can see that the action is also visible directly on our model. So first layers like this and let it be oh, here, I will exit the MOOC Oman and we shall see how does this look. Now, another thing about section is that I can done it the section display on and off with this two liter. So when I click on this again to make this section blend invisible. Now I double-click on this. If I turn it off, the section plane cut will be invisible and see it currently is existing, but it is not visible. Now, when I click on it again, this will be reasonable. You want if it is activated and section cut is active, I can make it visible our enemies about betas option, that is all a year. Now, next thing about this is if I go to the top view SB Land previously, I'll go to the top view and this is not currently in a better projection, this is in 3D. See that portfolio here. What I'll do is I'll press D. That is my shortcut key for parallel projection. Now this looks perfect. Now as you notice, I will turn off the option first. As you notice, there are few lines available that are few lines that denotes the wall. Now this doesn't look more pleasant because it is all in white color. And while the color of the walls is set to gray, you can see that they are all in a different color compared to the floor. And go to the top view. Pay attention to this vase. There is option called Section period. When I click on this section field, this will fill up all the words with some material, all the material that is regards to its exterior color. So this looks better than compared to what the previously right boxes look. So any client can easily understand from the top view that is denoting a wall rather than just lines that denotes the wall. This is how you can use the section fill. That is another option called section called. So when I click on section, this will turn off the SV2 regularly with Double-clicking, this will turn off and turn on section view. Now, this was about sections. Let's learn another thing about section. When I double-click on it, I can also move it with regards to second Flores where I do not have to do it again and again for a different course. You can see that I can keep it on the third floor. Also read the second floor, and I can also keep it on the floor as well. Like this with regards to the top view. Top view and treat the parallel position. This is how it looks and you can see that it is also creating a section of the steps as well. And it's, it's very easy and convenient to create a section. It's very rapidly with this sketch out. Now, let's learn another thing about it. I've written it off. As we know that we can get elevations sections as well. So if I go here and try to create an elevation section that will be in red x's on this side. Let's create a section. I will give it a name, elevation section, center. So I gave it elevation section. Now currently we have two sections that are currently active in our drawing. Suppose, if I turn on this section, this section will be disabled. Means that currently or working on a model you can only keep in one section display. If I wish to turn this on to another section display every time off means you can only get one section deselected at a time. So let's move it to other site who get another section cut like this? Now, let's move on to the side and see the section view. What are the right view? So this is what we created and I've written on them. But in a projection to get a better view of this. And I click on this to show me that as it is seen from a 2D perspective. So this is our section got flux in SketchUp. Similarly, I can again turn off the settings for this display section is breakouts. And this all works simultaneously. Accept that only one display point can be active at a time. So this was one of our sections in SketchUp and using SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 19. Sandbox: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we are going to learn about Sandbox Tools and sketch up. Now. Firstly, the sandbox tool is something that you can create a COGS surfaces are called edges or ground with. Pop the sandbox. Now, when will this end bookstores? You can right-click on this anywhere on this empty toolbars. And NEC director sandbox and ticket. Currently it is active in green blue bars. So I would again uncheck and check it so you can see this. I'm going to drag it down. This is the Sandbox Tools. Now we get to video settings of sandbox tours, starting with the first one that is well from contours. So if you are a contour map of any area, you can insert it important in SketchUp that we'll be looking into coming portion. And you can just create a select all the contour lines and collect creator sandbox from that. The next tool is create a sandbox from scratch. So I'm going to start by creating a sandbox from scratch before they're done off the profiles and dashes to make it so we can see it properly. I will click on this from scratch option, sorry, I'll click on this scratch options. This has my origin point and either you can employ line or you're going to enter the data. So firstly, let's say I owe you 50 meters by retype Kripke, press Enter, and I will type with 30, 40 site, so it 30 and press Enter. On doing so, you will have this type of grid space on this. Now when I select this, you can see that it is currently a group. I can exploit it. So whatever you create will be created as a group are good at this model. I can double-click on this to go to agitate. And you ended up oil created by us more squareds. But if I go to the View and done on date in geometry, you will see that dissipated by a hidden triangles. So everybody is convinced triangles rather than containing the squares. Coming further. If I wish to edit this. So what I can do is I will double-click on this area was done on the hidden geometry. So where did this, what we can do this, I will double-click on this. I will go to the smooth tool. When I go to the more smarter and Prisma Cloud my mouseover does Eddie, you can see that the radius circle is displayed with a radius. So we can adjust the radius of this circle. You can view the radius of the circle on the right corner of this screen. Now, I was ends at radius of this circle will be 50 meter. Press FO and press the Enter key. When I do that, this radius of the circle we returned to fail. Now what we will be doing here is I click on any of the selfies and a Kansas small bit upside or downside like this. So I can give any EDS type of surfaces over here. Now you can see that this is not already much more than that. This looks very sharp on the edges. So 200 word that I will undo that post awful. And I will give you a radius of around C. Go to edit or to the smooth tool and have good ideas off ten meters again, I'm doing so this will be dealt with much more than now. Now give me his or her own dear. Oh, this is how this should look. Now. Now, one more thing about the center, that is, when a go click on this, you can see that the box is displayed when you do it in geometry, we are triangles. So select some Bart offered. It says oppose this area of the blogs shoulder. I will select the part of this box and you're going to add more details for them. When I click on this option that says add detail. And I add detail this room, admin what your major is stored. Similarly, I can keep on doing this. I'm deleted. Hey, as much as A1. So when a small does the tables Moodle, you can see that the more that are sort of feces obtained compared to the normal is moving. But this is how you can add details. But make sure that if you aiding more diggers, this phenomenally increased the size of your file. So only at the details required, coming further via well-lit opsin in this module. Now, when I click on this flip, as you can see that there are a few edges between all of this. So I can flip this edge is as per my requirements like this, I can flip all the edges currently active in this sort of piece of sand to the type of this flip page options. So this is going to help me when I'm creating such type of details. And then if I wish, you can see that all the lines are meeting at a pointer. So if a wish to change all this, I can do this with data, but this flippase coming further via, well then opsins in this next one is stamped 2D and other one is that good? Now let's understand this template. So suppose if I create any object right over this ADR of this, Let's see, I will create a box here. I'll move it. It ended up on this surface and added more of it. Although here. Now if I need to create a some sort of phase that is containing on having this as a, as like for example, then it has this gradient and mountains. So how is on a stable surface means the edge off this sort of a tapered edge off to other objects and surface should be called as well. So what we can do is either double-click on this and go to that group, select this first. Or I will double-click on this. Activate the stamp tool, select the surface and you can see that transition gland is obtained here that says offset of this eddy out. So it means a one-meter form. This would be the transition age. Next one is I select this one. This will create a upset from this age about the ADEA. So I can click on this. And once done, I can deduct table surface. So you can see that this is what we obtained from this. I can add material to this as a grass or anything as required. But from this surface I can create my house or any other object structure that I am required. But it is how you can do that. Coming further. What we can do here is let's understand the DAP Tool. Now we another tool that cause strapped rule. So if I go into editing mode and if I draw some sort of object, all it is, suppose, see this rectangle. But morbid determined up and bring it all others sort of freeze. What are those editing or negative on this DHAP to. You can see that that is not nothing octanol here or that we need to move this inside this plane. So did it, this clicked on this atlas or Control X, go to this group and best at all or a bowl of this. So you get earlier and bring it somewhere around here. Now it is ideally not easy to draw and a sad face office. Now, while you are working on a sort of fees are like this. You are not able to draw any objects on desk because you can, but that will be attached to the geometries and you can see that they can not draw a single lane or orders. Sloppy. So our phase, it would be automated list threads to any of the axis. Could do that. We can use the eyedropper tool. First of all, I need to select this object or shape. I will create together seamlessly. So that said gripping the same. Now I have created this CPO here. So when I click on D2 and inclusive surface where I need to print this. Or you can what you can do this detector wrap tool, select the object and select the surface You want to imprint on this. When I click on this disputed droid exiting below this edge, the specific dimension and everything just relate on this sloppy. So you're going to do that with that pop this. You can create some objects on this seemingly lips, not just that rectangle, you can draw any shape. C was able to draw. Then come on over here. It ended up, I'll bring it around here. Now. It does, right, of all these rectangles I've moved around, I would wrap this exactly on the surface of those cells leak on this DHAP to unselect this as a sort of freeze on growing. So this really imprinted again between w. Now I can edit it or I can give it a different type of material or share. Supposedly if I am working on a big landscape project, I can use this dapp code and create some more grass or vegetation or the lens students get barrier and they can provide material of grass over here. But this is how you can use the Sandbox Tools and sketch up. Thank you for watching. 20. Text Tools: Welcome back to this tutorial. In this tutorial, we are going to look up our text tools in SketchUp. There'll be for that, Let's draw a model here. I'm drawing and volume. Now this is where to take to make it better. Tina. We're going to take this war and they have created a group off this box. Now, the next tool is available on this around here that says Text. And we're going to hit Option, going to be taxed. So once we start by creating textbooks and we will look at two 3D text. So when I click on this text tool, I will be asked to select any point on a surface or any corner point, please, middle point, you can snap it to any point that the snipping tool will help you to create on this surface. And they can define this first bin and click it. It will define the area of this surface. But later you can read it. So I can set its parent node, press Enter. Once you do that, you're able to click anywhere outside this box. Once you do that, this will be defined as a current. Now, the other thing about this is, no matter wherever angular which meets everything the label from this will display in the front. Like this. This would be locked with this axis of front camera that whenever I turn it around, you can see that it is turning in space with or towards the side. So this is used for the demonstration purposes or for information while displaying the model. Next tool is the 3D text tool. I will direct this. It does not have any editing options either, so it is just a label tool used for demonstration purpose. When I click on this 3D text to, this will open a 3D text less meant, and I can enter any texts. So for a supple and let's say How's number? We need to enter some house number so I can write this a fire or something and give some other numbers. Now I can switch different type of textiles from your funds can be changed from over here. So change the fonts to be, so this one. Now it can attain it placenta, right side or left side. So if this form, if we click on this food form, this will be displayed as an object or a 2D or 3D text from Epictetus is turned off. This one be extruded, but whether it be on a single plane, so it picked up food option, I can change the height of this extrusion and the wheat as well. So I will let it be as it is because you can always get them. Now. You can also define the scale of what the tally called world if it is available for that special point, that it does not already with the Soviet switch to some other font. And you can see that I can switch between different textures or whatever within it. Once you do that, all you can do this. Click on Place. Now this will ask us to place it. You can see that sizeof this is very small compared to what we are placing. So I will again go to the text to the stem. I will type anything. Once you do that, I will change the height of two meters and I will click on Place. You can do that. You can place it on any sort of raise when they hold my mouse on the top side, this is changing its angle as well. When I hover my mouse over here to this changing its angle. When I roll my mouse warrior desist in team dangle as well. So let it be and click it over here. Now you can see that this is extraordinarily tight of the text tool that we deployed it in this. Now I can scale it in any direction. Suppose if I want it to be more tick, so I can select it and I can change the thickness as well. I can scale it. And later on I can define other things as well. So again, we will go to the Text tool. This time I will increase the height of extrusion to one meter and click on Plus. You can see that the extrusion height has been increased. And when other thing is that if you wish to edit something, you can double-click on this and this are all open plains as well, that you can employ different materials to this with this editing options. So this is how the 3D Text tool and text level toolbox and sketch up. Thank you for watching. 21. Shadows and Fog: Welcome back to this tutorial. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about concept of shadows and bargains catch up. Supposedly if you do not find those scenarios over toolset over here in this deport gray, you can always enable it by left clicking on this sorting, right-clicking on this toolbar. Go to Manage, trace, click on Deploy, train down on the shadows and pop. Once you do that, you'll notice board dependence available over here. Now let's understand this concept of shadows. I owe this modelling error that I worked on previously on one of my projects. So this is currently a readymade model for us. Now, if I done on the shadows with the help of this box that says Show and hide shadow. And I click on this. Shadows will be displayed on this model. You can see that the shadows are created on this SketchUp model. Now if I wish to alter with the shadows, I can use this time zones and the oil level here with through this you can alter with the different time zones. Photo using the sphere shadows. So let it be because that's not required for the moment. And now you can adjust the time as well. I can see you can just choose the different times of the day rise tuplets from you and you're going to enter it manually as well. Also, you can choose the default month or report date from this option over here. So based on your times, on your selected time you select and the date for the month you select. You can alter that, or you can just pretend actual available to send light and other things about spatial location. If you know the time zone effect, just like this, you're going to adjust it. Now another thing about this, when they click my mouse over here, you can see that shadow is really good. Now, if I go this darkness, I can alter them. And brightness, optics and lightness of the shadows as well. Through this option. The next option is use some for shading. So if I click on this, that won't be any shadows available because it will be the literally be looking very sharper. Shadows will look, shows up that it won't look very good. Try to always be ripping this off and this should look good now, decrease their darkness and lightness as well. So now next options are this. So if I turn off this on feces, this one is plenty shadows from the face is cut mark means that it will display the shadows on the ground, but this objects won't create any shadows on the ground. I would like it to be turned on. And similarly, it is same with the ground and from the edges it doesn't make any changes. But just to see, if I go back to this part of those shadows, you can see that the edges are also creating shadows. So if I don't interrupt from the edges, this one create any shadows from the edges, office windows or other objects. Now next consecutive clock. So forebears available all year. On this form, Let's flip book. You can see that the fog is displayed. Now I can form 0 degree is the angle or location of the camera, and this infinity is the location that is C currently visible to us. So if I drag this Viterbi farther away, the forgiveness from the object that Anita's have been gone. Now, if I drag it a little bit further away, you can see that this is currently visible. As soon as I drag it to this side, the fog is created on near the camera as well. Like this, you can set go view and create fox on the backside or the either side of this objects. If I go zoom out, you can see the Dow was is not visible to us because of the fog. As soon as I click my camera near this, how is the fork will be letter B diminished. And I can see the house as well. Through this, you're going to adjust your levels of fog available in your model. Now you can also try that change of this background color. You can see that the bulb is displayed in gray color over here. At this point you can see that Colorado Pogge is a little bit grayish. So when I click on this gray color, I can alter the current office block. So this was all about this concept of shadows and fog in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 22. Geolocating: Welcome back to this tutorial. In this tutorial we're going to look through another option that is available in SketchUp that is geolocation. So if I wish to geo-locate my model, I can do that fifth type of geolocation. Supposedly if I'm working on a landscape project and I need the height or you can search on Google for data and I can do that with terrible geolocation. So let's start with the basic concept of geolocation. The location option is available in file, and you can go to the geolocation and click on this Add Location. And you do that. This will open a map on your screen like this. Now, when you zoom out, this will show you the globe map over here. Now, it doesn't matter whichever country you want to take a location or tearing off. I can suppose go to here. Let's go to some region sage happen. Now. Once a zoom-in on this location, Let's find some readings that spoke that. So I will go to this area, the location I need to end my sketch up so I can zoom in. Now, what I need to do is to click on the Select Region option. Well, so you can definitely search from your different location to search option. So click on the Select Region and they can select the provider. I can draw it into that office table. What are good? So these are nothing but like Googler 30 took other communist that is DigitalGlobe and height as near map. So click on this. Height is near map. And I can import level, I can adjust important level as well. But this is a paid option to iot is imposed high it is near map is available version. So what we'll do is wish to DigitalGlobe that is currently free and accessible. So I will, next thing I need to do is select the region. I want to snap it in my sketch up. So it's like this, my region, exactly around this building. Once you do that, you have to click on this Import option. It will take few seconds and this will be important to your sketch up. Now if I need to walk on some project, I can do that without a pop this, I can trust the buildings and give a rough idea of how the things are truly existing on a site. But this is helpful when you need to great idea off the site as well like this. You're going to see that this is helping me to snap as well. Giving me the pink lines to show me don't ADRs. Now, I will delete this boxes that I just created. What are your example about bus? Now when I go to the file and click on this three geolocation and click on the shorter end option. This will show me the tearing of this. But you can see the buildings and guards or other objects surrounding it are not visible. To get a better idea of this, I did. It did go to the geolocation and click on Clear location. Now. And with the geolocation, click on Add Location. And we will this time we're going to clear it chooses among dangerous region. So let's zoom out and do nearly hematuria. And we'll select some mountainous region. Seems to be fine. I'll click on zoom in to select regions. I'll zoom in a little bit more and are equally con this region, click on Select Region. Select Florida as a digital glob. Because that the free service we can get, I will select this region selected. Okay, now we'll click on Import. On doing so. This will be important in my SketchUp. Now next thing I can do this, go to the File option, click on geolocation and shortcut in option. So this will show me the exit. All of this mountain. You can see that this is nothing but 2 currently a sandbox tool based greed that has been created earlier. But the type of this geo-location you can geotag any location. So suppose if I'm creating a more alike and get ID up to existing site or our Does. It looks with the help of this data in and controller's office location. This is how the mountain is actually existing it to space. So to this day off geolocation tool in sketch out. Thank you for watching. 23. Importing and Exporting: Welcome back to this tutorial. In this tutorial we are going to go to the last concept of this catch-up cost that is called import and export objects or models and sketch up. Before we move on to that, let me tell you that you can import any 3D models guide to fight us. Or you can export any 3D models and get some different variations and extensions into SketchUp. So let's have a look around to that. Supposedly if I need to add important SketchUp model that is previously downloaded from the warehouse, but currently it is not existing in the sketch up as our downloaded directly into my data. I can do that with data, but this import option, I'll go to the file and click on Import. As soon as I do that, this will open the location directory on my computer. Now I have to locate that file that I've been previously. You can say that VOC download X. So click on this column and click on Import. Once I do that column will be important in this SketchUp model by and just need to place it anywhere. And this is how it is important in my sketch up to now. But then along. Next thing is that when they go to File and click on Import, you can see that we owe them or hybrid format tags. I'm going to click on this. These are the former types that SketchUp can import it in. I can also import images into sketch up as well. So we will see that in the example when we are going through them, taste things very important other types of objects as well. Now let's learn about exporting I related to SketchUp model. I'll select this view. And if I need to export this view or export this as a 3D modelling answer extension, I can do that with export to go to the export. And first less than about 3D model. So when I click on 3D model, you can see that I can describe any type of this file or exchanging partners if they wish to apply in the same order in AutoCad, I can choose to our target DWG file and 3D, that is DWG. Similarly, I can select any of these other extensional 35 and gets exported as a model. Next thing is exporting as a 2D graphic. When I click on Export and go to cubic traffic, if I select this as say or DWG file, this will be exported as in 2D image five-fold autocorrect. So many open this same inode, aka this will be displayed on a 2D graphic as it aligns only. So let's say we export this image as a sodium, export this object as an image. So I'll click on this tab. Now I will go to the Options and you can also reach out to the mid-size from this week and heightened pixel line scale. And you can also add six to, it just does. I'll size from here, so I will let it be better quality. Click Okay. And I can just go to the documents. And I will export it at one and click on export. So this image is not exported in a DirectQuery portal. This go to Documents and I will check it all here. So you can see that the image file is exported. Now this is very low quality. So you're going to adjust this bit that adopt this tool. That is we'll go to Export, Export 2D graphic, go to the options in order to do this pixels, what you have to do is be able to still unselect this. You use view size and you can alter this letter. So 3, 8, 4, 0. And this will automatically scale it to the other pixels. Now, what we're doing here, so click Okay. And I will overwrite this fire, want to export. This will be exported this time it may take few seconds, so it will go to the files again and open that image again. Now you can see that this is a much clear that, but compared to what we previously used to dissolve, you can export it as image or under any other file extension with typo import and export options. So this is the end of this SketchUp cost. Now in next part of the schedule portion, we will look around some various methods that will help you ease your workflow and various extensions that will help you to model better. Thank you for watching. 24. Extensions: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about extensions and sketch up. And we will look through some important extension or helpful extensions that are available free in Skype. Now when you notice that you have a custom are specific to our level, it says extinction toolbar available in this sketch up. Now we'll do option the Extension Manager and extension warehouse. Now, if we go to the Extension Manager, you can see that currently these are the highest extinction that are Availability folder with the scatter that is advanced camera loose dynamic components, sandbox booths and Jim will connect. So Trimble connect to something that connects you through warehouses and sketch out your Skype account. And all this other blue Israel sinned previously. Now you can either manage them, are installed them, but I suggest you do not interfere with any of this for one. Now let's close this. Another option we had that is extinction rate hours. Also, you can enable the extension browser open to extension of it. I was next to the 3D Warehouse option. Deacons for this, both might be different in previous versions of SketchUp as it got updated in 2021. So make sure you click on the icon. And under that option that is extension manage it or where to go right below the extension warehouse that we just saw that. Now we'll click on extinction warehouse and this will open the extension Rails. Now the concept of extinction warehouses, what nothing but totally saved to the 3D warehouse. When you open an extension of their hours, you can go through various types of SketchUp. Extinctions available here. Most of them should be free and some of them will be paid as well with the trial available. So you can just go around this aldol categories available here. And this will help you to understand that if you do not know how to use any extinction, all the details should be available inside offered. Now I'm going to suggest you a few important extension that you should use that is very end shape builder. That is varied and chip vendor. So I will use this varied option first. When you go to this red and click on Install. This is asking me if I also need to install it and then give it the directory access to it. So click Yes. And wait for few seconds until it is installed and it is done. You can close this exchanging warehouse. Now you may notice that how do use tax tension? Suppose I'm drawing a box that I drew these two lines separately. Night, this is one. And since the second line, while it is online, either continuous or create a copy of this right next to it. Now let's understand how to use the right tool. If I extend this, this will show me that this both either sub-frame parts as tidily through this borderlands separately. Now if I select this first line, press control and select the second line. If I go to the extensions, go to the vague. Now this line is combined into one. So in a extruded you may notice that that is not visible. Call or, or sorry, the line available between this both partition. This is a single phase as the other faces are. So like this, you can use the tool to connect any big lines like this is brake line that is to break available here. So do fit the help of great extinction. You can use this and combine any 2-breaks of a line. This will be helpful when you are working with my detail op texts concerning with the entity or soften project. Now one of the most important orders, you can say that most helpful tool I'm going to suggest you is shaped bender to. So you just start to search USA vendor. It showed up your status CLF ship vendor. This is really helpful and you just start to click on Install. Yes. It is installed. Now, there are few extension that how the option to enable it formally here as well. So you can see that that is shaped manner tool available in public on this. And it will have this icon over here and bless it anyway, I desire. Now what is the shape better? Buddha's. Let me explain you in this short example. Clear this. Now i o this wall. And I need to create some art. Are circular walls, are good at openings. This is the profile I have for my plan that I need to create the opening lectures. Nucleated donor on this. This is not to scale so Dawn Marie, sure, if I'm not drawing it accurately, now, I can easily create a wall of this shape byte offset to lightest. Tone this boat, the lines on what Dan's. And create a wall. But I can not create a door opening like this and such as this options. Because if I tried to draw it on, you can see that I'm not ever to join this both line accurately like this Eigen draw door or this will be redder joined inside offered then to get to the straight cold. So to do that at all, unit is a single profile of that wall. Now this is the profiler path of the wall art that I need to do or use. So make sure that before using the shape Brendan, you how group to obtain that use dry wish to bend it into any part. So I will draw door as failure, so we do not need to do that later again little bit and give it a material food. And I will do this voila materials. He just paint a seashell. Rid of this. Now, what I'm doing here is that I will select this board and create a single group of them. So this is a group containing wall and the door just for reference purposes. And this is not to scale obviously. So now what I need to do is first, I need to create a line that is extending from starting and ending point of this object. So you draw a line starting and ending part of this object. Currently it is not visible to you, but you can also draw it a little bit further away from this object as well. And you have to make sure that this line is facing on the red Xs because shaped bender tool is referenced, are concerned with the red X is only. Now first thing I need to click on this object and click on the Shape Builder tool. When I do that, the shape builder tool will be available and you can see that there is a line logo available next to the cursor. We'd suggested that I need to click on the line that is drawn with the reference of the length of this object. So I drew these lines are lick on this line is showing me start and end point. Because when I click on this code object, this will be line to fit on that path from the starting and ending point is shown here. So when I click on this call now you can see that the arrow next to the closer it is chained to a code icon. And you can also read the information available on this below. Bottom bar is the same that please select and coal to bench the shape tool. So select this go. And now you can see that this is showing me a little bit of highlights how it is going to look like. Now I can toggle it with the help of up-down arrow and decide arrows. So left arrows. This will show me how it should be contained inside, outside, or on two sides. You can see that it is also showing me the third bit of highlights on this side as well. Once you are done, you can just click anywhere outside this opposite. I'll press Enter. So you can see that now I can delete this profile. This whole object is converted into this. If I explored it, this would be oil as single entities. So we can work out this whole object or a whole wall into code section with the help of SharePoint O2. This is really helpful not only here, but also using demo staircases. So I will create some static case to make you, I'll give you idea off this again. This is another example for this to use the other method that we just learned previously, click acts and press file. So to paste the files tapes over here. Now I will go to 3D bit house and click on, say, a trailing ray's angle. Now you're going to do the railing available here as straight in straight form. So i've, I insert this railing in my drawing, the skeleton to the target of size to make it accurate. Now I can place it horizontal. So Rita's in the slope form on this model, right or tighter. To consider, this won't be accurately similar to what we are assuming it to be. I can use the shape builder tool here as well. I'll move it aside. I will draw a reference line that I wanted to scale to be. I'll click on this line. I will draw a reference line starting and ending point of this object with the help of the snap tool. So this is the reference line starting and ending point of this object. And it is part of the updated I reshoot to shape too. So click on this first, go to the Render vendor to click on it. Select my first reference lines that is starting at any point. And select the code line or the path that I wish to scale. And then click on this line. Okay? So after clicking on this, this will show me how it is going to look like. When I press Enter. This will take few seconds because it has a heavy object. So this is currently stretched on this path and you can see that all these railings and vertical, not horizontal slope. So I use this extra, so, sorry. Now you're going to get a perfectly align this to the steps. This may not be a grid blows. This is just what happens for palsy when spend your time and attention take you directly to this steps. So this is the, another use or another example how you can use this ship vendor to. So make sure you practice these tools a lot. And there are various other extensions available. In extension we had house. So you can spend your time and go through all of them if you wish to. And you can also search according to your needs. Also, there are few other sources to download the extinctions free off the internet as well. So you can also do this whole thing. So this is all about extinction and some of this helpful extension that you might require in your workflow. Thank you for watching. 25. Array Methods: Welcome back to this SketchUp tutorials in this section of advanced methods, we gone off first go through an important method that is going to be helpful throughout your workflow. So that is called array, or you can say the shortcut keys, or another options available in move and copy. So first of all, let me set an example for you. Let's say to Susan Howe, group this, copy it. And okay, so for example, if this is in house and this is the first blown off that house. So we held this year open balcony or open terrace that maybe refillable in other languages. Go there. There's any balcony over here. Now, if I wish to create a grills or something with the help of that railings over here. I can do that with the help of the edit tool. So there are two methods that say first one is I would draw Grillo your raise it around. It is not to scale, so I will just raise it approximately around here. And I will create a group of this. Now, if I wish to, how this all we are around here with the equal distance and equal spacing. What I can do is I will create a copies of this, like this press Control key to activate, to copy to. And I have to place it each and every one like this. So there could be that I may get lost track of actual spacing and I have to enter it every time anybody likes 0.5 meter. I will again click on this and enter the 0.5 meter. Or I can do this without the scale because manually like this. So you can see that it is not very accurate and it will take way too long to do that. So I will undo that. Did you text trombones? Now let's learn about a shortcut key or shortcut method for others. Though, Let's see. What I will do is I will click on this, ordered it from here, create a copy of it. And around here and make sure you do not press any other key until, unless and until you who do not wish to use this method. So after you place it, make sure you don't press any key and place the slash key that is used for two-way division. I'll press five and press Enter. When I do that, the five elements will be placed from the first one, that is the copy or host object. So decide the copies 12345. So five copies are created with equal spacing and equal distance. So if this is not accurate, I can also again increase this, but make sure you do not escape. Escape key or a skeptic command. I'll press 15 and press Enter. So now 15 copies are created, equal spacing and equidistance between them. I can also increase the numbers to 20, 25 unless and until you fill satisfy. You can alter this. Once you are done with this, you can press the Escape key or spacebar can exit the command. Now all these grills or railings are addressed to reconsider that are spaced with equal distance between them. I can give the host profile now or the main railing on the top of it. Like this. Theater group pop that as well and place it right about there. So like this, you can use it to create careers. Now there is another method also. Let's say I'm drawing a circle here. I will raise this with this and create a cylindrical pole. Now I want this poll to have copies of this, but accept up having a distance that is determined as being overdetermined distance here that we needed degree of starting from this point to this point and having specific numbers of copies between these two points. But this time what I need is I want this cylinder poll to have equal corpus spaced at this distance. But I do not know the specific distance that, or total distance of this specific area I'm gonna use. So what I can do is imitate it. This one. I will click on this, Create a copy, press Control to create a copy. Now as soon as I place this, except playing a pressing the slash key This time I'm going to use that t, that is x, are used for multiplication, that is X sine. And I will press two. So this will create two copies with exit distance from this one that we did it for the post one. Now I need something more so I can press X again and press file. This will create a phi copies offered with the equal distance that we altered for the first one. Semi deadly. This is not just based on this moving and copy. If I'm, if I'm doing something as say I have this circle, Let's say I owe this object here. Create a group so it is easy to handle it. And I will draw a line for the reference. Now, I'm going to use this line as a reference. So I will go to the rotate tool. I will click on this object to be rotated. Go to the Rotate tool, select this as my midpoint to rotation, and I will rotate this object. Now, you can also use the copy wild rotating, so I press Control and this will be Coppard. So if I rotate it around deer, and between this two rotation, I want it to have five copies of it. So I will press less key and press file as it is. Totally similar to what we did here, but with inner circular work or circular arc, you can say that this is totally similar, but we're just pretending that the deck set off the straight edge. It is an arc. So you can place it around any sort of color, way or path. Also we tell about the rotate tool. So let's say for that second method and I can do the same over here. And I was elected center point and moving point click over year. How would it around here? And I will press X and file. But this will create five copies that is equally spaced on the circular path from this point to this point. And this is the first, second part of this. Other copies as well, like this, you're going to use the move and corporate tool in more predefined form that will help you to ease your workflow while working on the models. You can create multiple objects like grills, railings, or you can also use it for landscape spacing. So it does not only applies to motor if you have any object that is a three years, for example, let's assume that this is a tree and i o this whole big landscape area, right? So I can use this around here and I need to place it on this landscape area with equal distance of, say I have this whole line, I need two plus 10 trees between dislike and use this command used by division. And I can place the trend ten trays equally spaced between this area. So this was all about the moving and copy tools, advanced methods. Thank you for watching. 26. Material Placement: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about some methods to help you with the material plasma. And suppose if I'm drawing an object here and i o, columns, I have two columns that I owe some spacing between them. Or let's assume that these are the doors. And I am going to draw another, the entire object Dorian or Intel level glucose. So you may notice that this is only half or I'm not extending it to this level currently. Now a keyword is some material and I will give it 20 yellow. No, that's not it. Let's go to the ward and I review the material of this food away. And on the top of this, I will use this material. Now, if I go to this, double-click on this and go to the edit option, or I will just create another one week cleared this object. This time I'm ungrouping it, lead rather than create condos and give it to us all Material. Now when a pleasant, you can see that this is currently in sync with the material on the left side. So I can go to this selected right-click on it. And when you go to the texture option, you have another option to this. When I click on position, I can move it. The texture image that is actually which SketchUp is using from its stored data files to show us this texture on this frame. So if it is not accurate, I can adjust it from this phase and I can make it work like this. I can also use this to stretch it on the spot detections like this or delete it. I can also directed toward in this other direction as well. And I can also rotate it like this. So once I adjust my texture image, I just have to click anywhere outside of this A-B Tech. And I do that. This would be specifically contain this as when a replace it on this other side. This would be normal. But on the side that I had to start, I can only be make it visible like this. But in case of this op tape, it is currently grouped or I gave it material after grouping it. This will continue to independently on the group but not inside this group. So when I click on this and go to the texture, I don't have texture option at all. I need to apply this meticulous specifically to this phase and then go to the texture. When a specifically I've liked this material that is showed me the texture option. I will undo that and the texture option will be gone. So this is something that you must consider having the knowledge of before using the materials are added at this object. Now another thing about this is that if I'm working on this and I'm too lazy to go to this Edit Group. Click on this and extended to this level to join do's. What do I will be doing here is I will use the scale tool that is very easy. It, and there's, I just have it looks click select, click on Ask. And from using this middle and duty point, I just have to click over it and extended. But you notice that the texture image is also scared with it. You can see that even a zoom-in, There's does not contain any quality or resolution at all. So if I undo that and rather than scaling it, if I extend this, the material properties will be retained. So make sure you do not use the scale tool after replication of material or on any object that is easy to extend now rather than scaling. So this will help you when you are applying material and rendering it. So if you choose to scale it and render this will be containing some stressed elements like this. You can see the difference here as well. Now this wood texture is completely scared. If I show you the same thing over here, I will extrude it. And in case of this one, I will just scale it with the size of this. Now you can see I did it this middle one and less in this boat together. You can see the difference in material here. This is containing mood resolution and quality while this is stressed. And you can see the height of this compared to the height of this object or anybody here. So this is the difference between scaling and extruding after application of material. To make sure you consider this material aspects before you start working on anymore, to thank you for watching. 27. Styles: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we are going to go to the options available in SketchUp. So let's draw some random model year for the starter videos. So I would run this random model. Now as soon as I expand this Styles option, you can see that we are various option here plus 2. We will go to the Select and we're already gone through this, the background selection options. Next one, if you go to the edit option and we'll do this first one that is seeing this clip. I recommend you to put all this off unless and until you require for your use it or workflow. So post one is the edge when it disabled as this does not contain any ads, means this corner points and everything will be just doomed. They don't have any lines that is specifying the corner. Corner points are boundaries of any octet when a unimodal this edge, this will show us the boundary lines or edges of the box in the line form. Next option here is a black back edges. So we have already studied about the back end is previously in. I will turn it off as we do not require. Now, you can see that each of this box contains some profile in to make it easy to understand how we foster nebula profiles. When I enable this film, shows the tick lines at all the boundary of any object. Suppose these are the boundary lines of an object. This object shall be closing from our year, while this object has a closing from here. But all the boundary lines that are bound to on the outer side of this objects will be highlighted in the thickness, width. If I enable this to be five extent, you can see that the thickness has been increased. If I make it six, this will again increase. So I will give you two as it was, and you can see that it will change it with alterations I met with my 3D view and perspectives. So I again recommend you to keep this off because this is not much required unless and until you need to see the profiles on your model. And this will make it slow when you have work, when you are working on a big project or model, this will make it slow to hover around and navigate around your objects. Next one is the depth cue. When I enable the depth cue, this will show me the main objects on openings that are having to adapt. So if I'm viewing it from this angle, this will show me that didn't is bound to house them damped. You can see that the depth opening has been visible on this boundary. I can again editor the thickness fault is with ERPO. This values, I will enter nine and this will be thicker than you expect. So I will again keep it at two. Now we are another option that is extinction. If I enable the extension, you can see that on each corner there will be some lines extending from an entity. When I click on extension, you can see that this is showing me that this corner point are available for extension. I will increase the size if it's possible to see you. Sick ten. When I create ten, this is showing me that that is an extension of Rome. This corners like this, how you can use to extinction. And when it comes to circular arcs, you can see that there is also some extension made a lawyer. I hope this is visible to you. So an exponent is n points. Now if I enable the endpoint, this will show me the end points later like affiliate or curvature on the corners. So this is showing medicines and 0, all these edges that they meet at 1. This is also helpful when you need to find any object having multiple copies and they are matched into each other. But you also required to seat endpoint of any particular object. You can use the endpoint option. Next one is cheater. When, after clicking on this Gita, you can see that the options showing that edges will be jittering in multiple lines. So this will multiply the lines and it will make it little bit blurry or sketchy for you to understand. So this is about GTR tool. Next one is dishes. When I click on this, this will again make it a little bit or add more lines on the tutor to Libya enable, disable this spot. Now coming to the next one is that is based settings. When we come to Venice settings, we are able to alter the available close off this mortal. If I'm moving from this angle. And you can do that, this top area that they currently selected isn't, that means this is showing that the light is coming from this part or this area. From this area we are having some light to a non-model. While this area is on the backside of this model and having some like. So from this, you can see that this area is having the backside and this is facing the light. So this is shown in the white hair color white. This is having some grayish color, Anna, and according to that, all the shirts off this other sites that also add just did or didn't dispose arrows. Now if I tried to work through this, I can use this when I click on this one. And we can alter this. I will make it a little bit darker and press Okay. And I will change this big color to more dark and press. Okay. When I read ten, you can see that all the black color has been darkened and back white column has been turned to gray color. So I suggest you do not alter with this values. And I will make it back as it was like this. This looks better now. The below this terrorism status. So this is the wireframe mode. This will only show the as but make the other things disappear off an object plane. Next one is the transparency mode. Just to show you the edges of the front facing entities only violin wireframe, you can see the back edges that are hidden also, but in this one you can only see the front edges and other, everything will be done by the curricular or this base color. Next option here is the shared model in check mode, you can see that this will be having some shared. So really what we use in particularly, I will show you the reference letter and next one is the shared with textures. This is not difference per minute on any of this, but in this one TO material texture you apply will be turned into a basic or average of that material. Colored means this will put less load on your model when you are having some more of texting existing in the SketchUp. Next, moving on to the next that is displaced, edited using all the same molecular Conda. This will display all the shirts and every material with high resolution, but I suggest you do not use that until and unless you're required. Now, this is the X-ray mode. And then click on this x-ray mode. It is also available here and you can also enable these styles option from this toolbar that I use generally available over here. When I check on the status, this will be an advert. So when I click on this X-ray, this will show me all this in with 32-bit of transparency. Some other objects. While the demonstration, I drew this box. Moving on to the next part, that is where ground settings, when I click on Background Settings, you can see that that in the sky and there is a great round available here. Now if I attend this tick and disabled is the sky will be moved around. And I will click on this guy and ground as well. And I do that. You can see that the grasses, the color of the weight is changed to green minced into the grass. And when I go to this bottom, this will show me, you show me the transparent green color as well as the blue-colored diminished in this form. Like this, it means that you are viewing it from the base or ground level. An ambulant disability with the ground option. I can also adjust the transparency of the ground with this option. And I select this show ground from below and a disability. When I go to this bottom part, you can see that grayish, sorry, the greenish spin we had before that was showing us that this is we are viewing it from the bottom part as the separate inactive. This again, this will show me that we are currently in the ground level. This was about ground level and I suggest if you do not require this off, let's understand the next option that is available. Space automatic setting. If you are working on in model any, if you are sharing your modals further with a client or any of your teammates, you can have your watermark edit to the model means that it will hold the credits for you. So if I haven't growing any object here, and now say this, and I don't make it a component. Now if I wish to add a watermark on this model itself, I can do that with terrible this watermark option. Before you start editing the watermark, make sure you check my list display moto max, otherwise you won't be able to view it before you add it. Like you won't be able to address it letter easily be teleport this. So I click on this. Plus this will upon my basic directly, I will click on any method I wish to edit as watermark and accept off this. You can also have your own watermark or name, something or any of your logo that you wish to place it. Now I can choose it to be placed on the background like this. You can see that my objectives here, but the background will be having this photo MOC image only won't be able to test it. So click on this overlay and click Next. Now I can adjust the lender opposite of this image with My Immortal effect. Click on Create Mask to only the object parts will be able to show me that that is an image over here. And I can again it just this like this in guess OK, which I've done all this great mosque option. And I will let it be around status. Click Next. Now we then I can have it stretched to a screen tied to the screen like this. If I increase the scale, this will increase it with multiplications. Pc, it will be tied to the screen. And last one is position to the screen. So I suggest you if you can use this and you can also go to the scale of the same. I can choose to slept owner, right corner or left bottom corner. So left bottom corner is mostly preferred or Esper me, I suggest that you should keep your credits on the left bottom corner because it is easily visible. Okay, this looks fine. I'm using this birding porto a while. You can use anything you desire. Once done, this is a watermark set to my screen. This is not visible because of the settings I have applied for showing me the pop-up. So I will have just this two edges this year to click on this, go to the settings. And now you can adjust the scaling, everything. Again like this. I increase the scale and I will put it on the right corner just for the reference. You can always keep it on the left as well. And click Okay. Now you can see that no matter how am I scrolling or navigating this model, this won't change anything and it will be little bit transparent as we lowered it a blended to it like this. Even if I keep it all my model area like this, I am able to select and see my motor. But this is just nothing, something that is transparent over here. So I cannot select it or do anything to it. I have to go to the watermark and change the settings. If I wish to delete this, I have to click on this minus button. And I can also TO call it with this display VO2max option. If I click on this display Potomac, this will be displayed. It goes like this. You can get it anywhere omega as well. Coming to the next point that is modelling settings. Now if I will warm, I'm working on this model and I wish to use this. Let's say you to rocket. The locking option is available in Edit panel when you go to there and click on Lock option, this modal is locked into place. Now if I draw another object extruded and let's say we mesh it on inside thrust. Create a group, operate first. Now if I wish to move this Eigen, not do that because this is a locked model. Now you can see that the lock modal is showing me the red lines. I can go to the edit again and click on unlock option. Now selected all, so this is currently selected. So if I click on selected, this will only be unlocked model, I select a file, various copies or various objects that are logged in model I can click on all and this will unlock all. Now if you may have noticed that when I lock it, the object is highlighted with the red color. When I click on this red color and turn it to say blue or let's say green. Click. Okay, next time when I click contest, this will display me at a green color. From this section, you can just select it to all the color often snaps and everything that is available on your green. But this isn't something that I sadistic you do not alter with because if you may, each letter, you may run into some problems or errors that may be E naught easy to understand until and unless you have the knowledge of the existing or original color that comes by default and there are no options to bring it back to the defaults on. You have to close those SketchUp and restarted. So it's a list you let these things be as they are. So this was about the stereotypes in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 28. Dynamic Components: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about something basic that is called dynamic component and sketch up. As we previously discussed, there are another type of components available in SketchUp. There are called dynamic components. So let's start with the dynamic component basics. So when I go to this component tab, you can do that. It will display me the components that are available in SketchUp. We will go to this drop-down button and click on Components. When we do that, this will show me that two types of components that are available, Our as a default in SketchUp. This time we're going to go to the dynamic components. This all components seems very similar to that, but this health predefined attributes, Suppose if I click on this basic shelving unit, less it over here. And let's say it is another one should be used his fans. Now I will just do object, close this for now. So when I click, could right-click on this one and go to the dynamic components i o few options here. The steppe component option will show me that if I wish to have another objective to object file except this one that is updated, I can separate to this directory. I can go to the dynamic component and click on redraw. So this will help me use, sorry, this will help me edit this one. So I would rather do that. Go to combat enemy component and click on this component option. We will have you just meant in materials for this one. So I can change it material to say cherry wood and click apply. The material of this object will reach it to the jury room. Now, if I wish to alter the adapt, I can do this around here. I will select this and the value to be five. Now, press Apply. You can see the depth of this component has changed. I can also change the height, peak flow meter and press Okay, this will change the height of this wardrobe or bookshelf. And I can always just the thickness of this or would decouple I. So like this, you can adjust the radius at reverse open in any component. So let's try it on this one, photodynamic and we can component options. So I will change the spacing to six inches and press Enter. The spacing of this fencing will be changed and I will change it to one-inch supply. So this will contain so many spacings of the Spencer's and I'd say keep it around three inches rest API this will contain three intos pacing from which of these points of this fencing? Now, this isn't, this isn't the limit of the dynamic components. You're gonna go to the warehouse. And this time I was hurt, I already chose the bad option here. Now in previous sections we saw that we can have them advanced settings. So I rented a room dynamic component over here. When I, after searching any of the object, when you enable the dynamic component, this will show you that all the components that can be have that can help. So dynamic component option. Now, another thing to notice about dynamic component, if this is turned off and they want to identify which components hemodynamic option or dynamic attributes option at, aligned to it. So currently I'm not able to find any authors. Because I can say that because when I number the dynamic component, this component will have this option that is light green colors sign over here. So this means that these are the dynamic components. I will just select this, download, this baby component loaded directly into the model and place it around here. Now let's understand the dynamic option available here. Currently, I don't know what are the options, so we will go to dynamic components and click on Component option. Now, according to what I'm seeing here is that it is going to be higher. This is showing me the options of types of paravertebral and supporters. And then click on twin bed, we apply. This will show me out when med option. Now, if I go to tween and seeking and click Apply, this will change the size of the bed to the king size. I can also return to seeking, that is Kennedy and studying, I guess, and I'm going to click on Queen. This will change it to the queen size. If we click on hold and click Apply. So these are the various attributes I can alter within a dynamic component. Each component that is dynamic, you can download it from warehouse and tense dead tree roots from the dynamic component options that we saw previously in this section. So this was all about the dynamic component. Thank you for watching. Hello. 29. Introduction and Installation of V-Ray: Welcome back. In this section, we are going to learn about reading and its application to SketchUp. So WE Day is a simulation software that is helpful when you are creating a model and demonstrating it as a realistic image, how it will be looking after the construction has been done. To download the video, you can just Google the video. You can go to the Chaos Group official website, that is Chaos Group.com. When you click on this delusion, open this layout of the screen. When you scroll down, you would have to option for the sketch up. That is, we therefore sketch up and try free and by now, scroll down, you would have this option. You can either try it free or by now if you wish to buy, then click on this try free option. This will show you the order. Now you can go to the Watts new and it will show you the latest updates off the software. And you're gonna always downward 30 days free trial if you do not wish to pay what was Jewish to learn it. So I will click on this download free trial. And I will start with the free trial, Donald. So before you that you need to have this k was account. So I have already downloaded the free trial software. You just have to log in with your account. If you do not television, you can just sign up that is free for the moment because after 30 days trial you have to pay. So it is free and I already downloaded the file, discovery learning run it. You just started under setup file and this will open this setup Installer. I'll click on, I agree. You have to choose your SketchUp Version. Generally it will automatically detect it, or if not, you can go to their advance and you can select which of this option to joules called, Let It Be. But now we can have a local or remote option is if you are using it for the licensing purpose. So I would let it be two local and click Install. This will take few seconds and it will automatically be installed on your computer. Once done, you can just click done and the video will be installed. Now you have the option to enable the license online or you can just start to 30 days free trial. In this case. I will well, memberships. I was just log in with my account details and we will look around, retain the sketch up. But once you open the SketchUp, well, although we're options, there'll be available back. Or if not, you can enable it. See, when I open the sketch up after installation of period, this will open all the tools search available for the VDI so you can place it. Some main important tools. Bar here is metaphors, ketchup. Through this you can add just all of the entities, materials and objects and lights and everything and dead specific properties. I'll place this around here. I can move the shared printer total we are I do not require this camera tool set. So heavily placing it according to my workflow, whether you can customize it as per your needs as well. So this is basic software. Now, when I click on this, that that is Asset Editor. When I click on this asset editor, this will open up this asset editor on screen. Now this will show me all the materials available on my model, all the lights available of my mortar. And by default we'll this basic sunlight available. And there's really, when you go to the settings, you can choose between your CPU cuda or your, you can say that your GPU that is a little bit on your system, you can have interactive render, our default render. We'll go through this all the options in detail in coming portion of this section. But for the starter, I will just render this object. Say this lady. Let's create our object as well. And double-click created loop, go to materials and I will give it a material off mode that's oblique. So to render this, you can click on this render option in this view of two type of option that is interactive and normal render, so forth, monomer and dissect the quantity to be low. And the main thing here is that as much as you keep the quality high, this will take more time to render. So for this demonstration purpose on this tutorial, I will just keep it low and I will click on Render, that is this icon. Once you do that, the render window will open and this will create a render of this object. You can see that the render of this has been created. The close this. And I will show you the interactive render walks. So I will go to this and actually can interact directly. Interact to render is something that is different. Growth this side, but for the time being, just a frame narrow, close this editor. Now, interactive render is that I can add just the screen and model and all the attendees will be rendered on this kinda screen. This will create a lot of load on the system or your computer or laptop. But make sure you have enough RAM and enough you for this handling purposes. If I move this lady around us, you can see that her sorrow is also depicted on the side and as well as on the right side of this frame buffer. This is quote Video frame buffer, that screen that is visible to stop the interactive render video to click on this red icon available next to this render options. And it'll render will stop. You can save this image as well if you wish to. So that is something basic office and VDS editor. Now we know this material option. I hit Option, this is geometry option. This is other option that you have to creating the shadows and light map and the other settings. And we're going to enable basic other settings also. But this is the basic walkthrough around the VTA and how the leader walks and what is Viera in SketchUp. So we wrap up this tutorial or hear from next tutorial, we'll be starting main portions of the video. Thank you for watching. 30. V-Ray Asset Editor: We'll come back to this tutorial. In this tutorial, we are going to have a look around at the Asset Editor in vD. So let's start with the basic. When you click on this panel, that is Basic panel when you enable the v2 settings likelihood right toolbar, you can enable all of this. We did two sets. Now, first one is the video for SketchUp. This is this too sad. Now, when I click on this first one that is a set editor, this will open up a centimeter on my screen. So I will drag it back over here and we will open this iterator. Now, as we saw in previous lecture, let's have a go walk through around this Saturday tutoring little bit more detail. Now we have a few panels over here. The first one is for multi-tier. Second 14 is light. This one for geometry of VD, that little bit advanced methods, so we will be looking around them into coming tutorials. Next one is all about rendered elements, and another one is about textures. So true materials you can manage and add materials and you can edit my videos also. While when I click on material, it will only show me that all the materials active in this project currently. So let's have a look around that. When a zoom in here and I click on the skin, that is the skin off this model. The shoe color is also in here and treasuries over here. So these are all the colors that are associated with this model. So they will be visible or here. Now when I go to the lights, that is always a default sunlight to enable it in 3D. So it will only show light, but with other options, Kaposi's is a rectangle light as soon as I read and a light on my model. This will have a delight. Oh your own, Let's come to the next one that is geometries. So we will look around this because there's other advanced methods, so it will require time, so we will be coming to them into further lectures. Let's go to the settings. So this is all about the settings that we will be managing while rendering model. So first one is the engine method. Now, in engine we have three options. You might have two or just one according to your system specifications. So we have three options here. Cpu, CUDA, that is cuda, and RTX. Now CPU, when you click on CPU, it will render the model with the help of CPU means that all the processes that will be done, that will be carried out with the CPU. So make sure if you put it on the CPU or CPUs who would be hired or will be able to function with higher level. Next one is the cuda. So we've got a good Alison does an RTX, that is my GPU. That stat means that my graphic card that is currently installed in my system, it is RTX series, so it is showing me RTX, that is a ray tracing. We have another option here next to RTX clinically countries, three dots. It is showing me that it currently NVIDIA G-force RTX 30, 60 Laptop GPU is active. Now if I go to my settings and an MBA lead to or animal to my default integrated graphics, that is from Intel. It will show me the option to switch between Intel Graphics and T4 is graphic. So I always suggest you to go with RTX or main GPU that is enamored in your system. Now the coda is something that all the processing of the modal will be carried out by CPU. While men come in terms of ray tracing and rendering, it will be carried out by RT x. So when you keep it on Coursera, it will be mixture of both CPU and GPU together while rendering. But according to me or as per my experience, I always use RTX or a GPU that is available in my system because it will less time compared to both of these methods. But CPU is also good if you have high end processor in your laptop or desktop. Next option is interactive and progress. Now we will be looking around them in the television later. The last option here we have this quality of our render. So you can toggle between this quality as well. You can also have opposite effects. That will be, this will be helpful YOU currently it is rendering and you can see that the quality of the render should be updated last audit, the first, the next option is the noisy. You should turn this on by rendering the final render, I say this because this med, little bit more time to your rendering, time of processing, time of render. Next one is camera settings. You can have different type of camera and you can also leak 360 degree four TO render. So we will also see that in our examples. Next one is when you close this camera and we choose this render output. Now we're into an output will be something that I can add just been like, I can adjust the ratio of the image or I can also adjust the pixels of the image. Through this. The other option is Save Image, and we have other options that is animation because VD does not allow you to create a week use of animation. If I choose to create an animation video, suppose safe I am rendering go ten seconds of video. Now each second contains off some frames as we know that video contains FOR HIM, suppose 30 frames per second or 60 frames per second. So we will render all the images in a single frame. So later you have to go to any of video editing software and combine all the images that supposed to be four. If I set it to, say, 60 frames per second. And the video is off ten seconds, so this will render it at the 600 images minutes. This is going to take lot of time to render an animation video. So as, as, as this can only be done when it is really specific, really needed to be done with the VDI. Because it will render 600 images. And of course, if you are rendering a video, it should be of high quality. So letter you have to go to the any video editing software and combine all those 600 images into a 10 second video. So this really takes a lot of time. Suppose it can take two to three days. He went to render all the images. The next one is enviroment. So what we saw here that was about textures, we can also filter this options. We then warm and you can also this material override and sperm that will be coming them to window for the portions. Now another option we are use rendering types. So when I click on this drop-down button, we'll few other types of rendering. The next one is interactive. We will be using this the most because while you are working on a model and you need to see how does eat may look after rendering. The interactive render will have because rendering of the procedure like V8 is a procedure of trial and error means you might lot of trials and you make lot of arrows. We're working on it until and unless you get a specific requirement or a specific benchmark off your model, you want be finally rendering it. So this is where the interactive render will help us. Other option is Cloud rendering. So if you have some chaos Cloud render subscription, you can do that because and once your model is ready for rendering, you can just select this Cloud render. This will upload your model as well as all of the settings of this rendering and material 2 we take loud and it will be rendered and sent to you. The next option is export 3D scene file. So this will export hold scene file in its setting to another, or you can say to you guys, so you can open it into another desktop CPUs. Now next option here is that we remember foil. It can also be enabled from this option that is frame buffer and ethnic going to be reframed before this will open meter interactive window that will be displaying art renders to us. Whether it be interactive render progress, you would render orthonormal render. This will all be shown over here. It doesn't end here. We also have a few options in this, when I double-click on this side, but it should open the history of the renders. When I double-click on right side, this will open some editing options available in this rendering. I can just these sizes. So we will come to all these one-by-one in later portion because this will just take this video too long. Now, let's understand about little bit on material as well. Click on material. We hold it a little options on the both the sides like little arrows. You can see that my aggrecan left one. This will show me the basic materials that are available with VT by default. Now, if you press lanes toll the VTA, this will ask you to either download this material if it is not aligned with your setup or not pre default available with your setup. So make sure you download this material as well. We will also learn to create our own material. Now, through this bottom options, I can add just the view of intended to thumbnail as well. That will give me two details. We have other categories of material, concrete. You may sue fabric, ground, liquid. Through this option, I can change the layout of this library. And other option we have is this. When I click on this, this will open my directory and I can select any other material library that I have not installed with the video that I downloaded from other sources or my own materials. We will surely see that incoming exist as well. Through this option, you can create a set. When I click on this, this would ask me what type of us attended to create metadata, render element, geometrics, lights, texture or material. These are all the options that we saw over here, and these are all covered in this panel. So if I select this light I0, other option that is sub options in light. So we already have some option for light over your whole pennant off the light two's. Next option is important set file. So if I created some specific settings for this random edge, just said My older values and parameters for rendering, I can export that setting as a file wrong vD. So if I'm working on other projects, I can export this file from this project and import that file to another project. So that will get you all the settings and parameter with it. And I can, I do not have to do that always because some of my workflow may contain some specific changes that I always make with VDI. So that will be saved in my file. And further along I can do that in all the models that I use. And through this I can pause the unused reset. So if this modal containing some material has been removed or if I tend to take the contents of this will dim all the unused ascertain from this library. So that means that it will delete all the extra files that are no longer required. Also, if I click on this one and let's say I selected this alcohol, Let's fade. I go to, I'll go to the wood and lemonade. Draw basic model years ago. You can understand it. Better. Group member, ring this light over here. Now we've rotated 90 degree. You can also scale the lights in 3D as well. And I will create another object right over here. So I will go to the asset liability again. Now as when I click on this right side, it will show me the parameters of the materials or any asset liability or asset component as electron, we're going to deduct on this assuming interest. That will show me those will dress that, that model is varying on this one, cloning. So may dress true, this will show me another color that is shared it over here you can see currently, we can see the difference between those, what the shapes. Similarly, these are all the colors that are currently on this one. As we have not added any material to this object that we created recently on shore it away. We also added this rectangle light. So when I click on this rectangle light, suppose if I want this material right now though, if I wish to edit the parameters of this light, I just have to click on this light. This will automatically switch back to that light from this other material and liabilities to this one. And it will show me all the parameters of the light as well. So we will be going in details into light section of this video. So do not worry about that as well. So let's have a trial Look around through this models. So I will give you, does this look shiny? So I will select this post user to click on this, to select it. Now, I will right-click on here, and I will select this applied to selection. So you can see that this model is currently applied to this selection. Now, it may look little bit scared, too small for this or our model currently large enough for that. But it's fine because we're just doing it for trial purpose. Now further along, I will teach you how you can change the scale of this material as well on this model. Let's view model to this one as well. I will give it. Or let's go with the metal. Select this glossy metal and select on this. Either I can do the add-on to scene and I can do apply to selection. So I did I just did dead to sin option. Let's see. When I go to material, we'll go to home. And I actually like this in more detail when I select this inward. And you can see that aluminum Polish material that I chose to add sin is in our baloney. I'll click on this applied to the paint bucket to model how close to society detail. And we will do a look around this model and we'll move it a little bit over this side as well. I will delete this model and it will set a view like this. Now let's try to render this. So I will go to the unsaturated again. Now close this. Now will be altering with the settings, but before that, let's go here. I will select the RTX to BYOD for trend data. And I will choose the quality to be settlor plus a little bit that is little bit more than low. And I get chained up Databricks to say templates. So we will be able to see the changes very rapidly or turn off the noise or because we do not need that for the moment. And I will go to the render output. And we wanted an option that is called safe for him. In fact, we're going to save him. This will show me the same term. That means that according to this aspect ratio, this will be the safe trim that will be cold or disprove the area that will be neglected in might enter. So this is my safe frame for this. It is just 2 square distributional me that what are the area that will be rendered? So the local like this, you can alter between this aspect ratios and this will lead us to what areas will be rendered to him. I will start the interactive render, and this will bring up this diploid. We'd have to remember for now, I'll minimize this and I would attract this whole year. Now you're going to see that as I rotate my screen right now navigating this model, this is showing me that I'm able to also navigate in this live render as well. This will be a little bit blurry when I move it. But S1 at electric vehicles and act is, let it be, it will be turning on retributive and getting into a high-quality. And you can see that this object is containing metallic material, so it is being reflected on the screen Optimus or on sodium on the side of this. And we gave it light over here. So this isn't currently sorting, does MSU nest? And when I call this two backside, this is light, means it is only showing me on the light on this side because it is not set to invisible. Now let's turn some settings or we are unable to go Saturday to select activity. Let's first decrease the sunlight areas, eating sunlight for B one and press Enter. So this will decrease the sunlight on this model. If I press it to 0, there's sunlight will be remote means only the light will be showcased. I will change the intensity of light to 150. What are the other settings of light? And we can also cut all this intensity or we'll now I contains the light shape to disk. Say rectangularly. I can also change the size will be coming to this photo because it requires a little bit more time. The option and make it invisible. Enclosed light source, we won't be shown but two, this will be still be reflecting lights on my screen. I close this editor and we move this articulator which closer to this light. So you can see that the light is reflecting, reflecting on this object as well. And we made this light invisible because as we saw earlier, this was showing me some Lakish on those pec off this light. The light source will be invisible, but light waves still be reflecting on this model. This just to just go through about the basic use as often as Asset Editor materials and lights and reading. Incoming portion will be going specifically in all this modes and other objects in 3D. So I'll be wrapping up this. I'll set editor tutorial over here. Thank you for watching. 31. V-Ray Materials: Welcome back to this tutorial. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about the materials that are available with 3D. So let's get into them. I will open the US at a detail from here. Now, as soon as they opened the US attendees here, we already learned that it will show us the older existing entities, materials, and other profiles of lights and textures currently active in our model. So currently we do not have any material or object. So it does not show any other thing other than something that is basically available by default in with a model. So that is sunlight and, and woman sky. Now, as we discussed earlier also in previous lecture that we already have a material library available with feeding. So what is the difference between material library that is available with fury and the basic material liability that we have in SketchUp. So let's say if I go to the materials, we have all these options while we're meeting, we have other this options as well. So before we move on to that, when I suppose say I will open this existing editing menu as well. Now when I click on sunlight, you can see that we have all the parameters towards just the sunlight. And we can go in detail as well. And I can click on and woman sky this. We will also open all two parameters for adjusting the same. Similarly, we have it with all the materials. So I will draw an object here to understand this things better. I will turn off profiles and only make it two edges effect. Now, we already learned that we can apply material by either selecting it and clicking applied to Senora, applied to selection. So another thing about this is that once I apply the material, suppose, say will apply me, make it a group. And I will create a copy offered to understand the difference between tell us catch up material and the reading material. So basically this definitely available metamaterials REL, high-quality materials. So they are available free, either New York trial version as well as the subscription was until you don't have to worry about. Also, you can create your own material that we'll be going through in the next tutorial. Also, we can now learn from other internet and other sources also. And I will also provide you a material library in downloadable section. So let's check out the difference. For the instance I'm using this brief profile and I will drag it in my asset or liability existing one. As soon as I do that, this will open the editor for that, as well as I will be able to adjust it and apply it to my material. Now, let's understand them basic parameter. Before we move on further, you can right-click on this. And this will also have option to appli application option over here. So it is saying that select objects insane. So if I select top chickens in after application, if I click on this, it will select all the objects that are existing ends in containing the this material. Further along, we can apply it to selection. We can apply it through layers as well. Let us takes an outliner. We can copy this and we can also pass it around here as well. We can also rename it, duplicate it. We can also say reached externally from veering as it some different material. If your'e to set the parameters, you can delete it and you can also use it as a replacement that we'll be seeing in coming lectures. So let's say you apply this. Before that. I will apply the basic material off SketchUp. This is big that is available with SketchUp that is basic. Now I will go as a traitor and I will apply this. This is the one that is available with SketchUp and sues the one that is available with reading. I'll click on this, click OU, and I will click Apply to selection. Now as you notice, the difference between this texture scale on this, this breach, when I zoom in, this is like bursting out. This is getting flourish and this is very low quality. While this material is retained its texture and high-quality. But there is still a difference here that the size of the textural scale of the texture is not accurate. This will happen generally when you apply it to materials and you must learn to edges to scale. So as I told you in previously that I will be going through that. So let's understand the scale. But before we do that, how do you know the exit scale for this one? So whenever you apply a material, for instance, just say if I am applying these materials, you can see that there is always a scaled written next to the material that is available with the VDI. I'm not sure about the material download from other sources because they may contain some different names and different scale. So whenever you apply a material from v, you will always have a scale visible next to the name you went when I edit to my liability, asset liability USE that. It sees that one meter. This is also going one meter, one meter. And some also contains the scale of two meter. So if it just in case if you apply it in to your modal or scale or phase and it is changing. It's a scale of texture. You can also edit it. So I will click on this eye dropper tool. Select this if it is not selected already, and it will add it. And you can see the scale of this material currently is point 25 million, means this is the fourth to size of the material that it should be. I will change it to one meter. And as this has been, this will automatically change the size over here as well. Now we went even a zoom in. You can see that the quantity of those, both the materials is still retain. This is getting flourish. So this is the difference between SketchUp and 3D material, but this doesn't end here. Now, I'll close this material liability over here and we will focus on this one. Now, you can see that we have other options as well. You click on this freedom, that is material liability editor. And this is the basic profile of this material that is genetic. So if I right-click on this material, as you can see that we get different profiles low creating a material when we want to. The next part where we'll be creating our materials, we will go through this as well. But just for the overview years, you, we have this, all the options that will be used his profile through creating a material. So bombs. And we can see that there is an option here. When I click on this option, switched to Advanced Settings. This will open all the advanced setting for this. And we have an option called bump. Bump is generally nothing but that creates a realistic view. Suppose that our texture, that how ozone depletion and aberrations. So to understand demoed to, or to have a visualization of those bombs week I using this as a bump. Now there is always a bump metadata attached to this. So this is about palm. And we'll also be seeing in the render when I've explained you about it. The other option day we have is to add just the reflectivity. Now, how do you recognize the reflectivities been working or not? We can also adjust this like this to have a better view. Now, on the top, man authors 3D, you can see that we have other options. You can either render this preview with GPU or CPU. You can also order it from you. Next option here is to stop. So if your work is hanging goes up, then you're going to stop it from you. You can also then direct the, all the changes you make will be displayed over here. Now we have other option. This post one isn't one ratio of one means the system high-quality of rendering preview. And I had just, just to have this will render it into almost half of it. I can play and pause it. When I click on this 1 fourth, this will display it into 1 fourth quality of the render you can imagine, or you can just see the difference between the renders that is being previewed when I click on it as the smallest side, you can see us also. So I will go back to the one ratio one. If you are not using of classes tomorrow, if your computer is old, you can always keep it to after it also works best. So it's depends on your requirement or your system speed. So 111 is working for me, so I will keep it to that. Now I can change this rope down buttons I also binding. So we'll go through this all in very detail in next videos. But for now, we already know that we can just hold this materials. Now. I can switch back to normal you and advanced, we are only getting two different layers of material. Also, we can add different attributes as well. When I click on this, we can add bumps, transparency, contour displacement that we already saw that allowed bump. Now I can rename it, so I will rename this material. This was the basic that is available with SketchUp, right? So rename it as VD or material or OCV fabric. And I will rename this as a SketchUp break. You can also notice that as soon as I click on them. Though, preview on the right side of the alternative properties of for that one is displayed OEO. Now, when we click on this vertebrae, it is showing me the wild. When I click on this, it is showing me a boil that is like a spear and it is displaying the material on that. So now how do I send this to wall as well? Do that. I o to click on this three dots. Soon as I do let i o different option here and that is currently set to genetic. When I click on fabric, this will display me this material texture applied to a fabric or cloth. Again, clues 2s Flores. Well, so we will be choosing your wall, or I can also choose the wall closer. So I will choose wallah you. Now you can obviously see the difference between these boards materials, but let's understand them better in rendering. So I will go to the settings of rendering. I will choose IT occurs my default quality TO medium, and I will choose interactive render. And I will choose a interactivity to a medium that should be fine. And I would also add to standard output that is currently set to white screen. So let's, let not alter this earlier. So I can explain you why are we changing this? So let's try rendering. So I will click on an interactive render and turn it on. Now I'll minimize it so that editor. And now you can see that there is quite a difference between this plot, right? So in a click on this and eventually that the height of this you may have is currently set to preferably the basic idea that is available and for this frame before. But if I zoom in, this is going blurry shortages bursting our image. So that's why it was that close to specific reason I was trying to tends to. Area of this image TO Let's do that. I'll go to the set a data lake on rendered output and change this values to say that should be around, I will send this other height, 2, 1, 0, 800 pixels. So this will automatically tenured and when I click around anywhere outside on this box. So this currently changed or adjusted the radio as pillory, imagine we tend ratio. I'll turn on the safe cream so we can know that this area I won't be gender. Now we again turn on this interactive render. And now when I click on this and zoom in, This will be joining us up. Perfect image. So let's minimize it for the moment and zoom it out of it. I will close the US editor. Now let's understand the difference between this. When I zoom in, you can get that on the left side of this optic real. That is SketchUp multicolored and fluoride. Say to me, oh, that is better material. So we talked about bumps as well. When I zoom in on this, screen them like this, and I will use this from this angle. You can see that this showing this white lines that are currently on speaks or the difference between this trip ones octal break, you can see that there is some image, our shadow or hearing on this one. I'll zoom in. You can see that the shared off the lines are appearing over here. This is showing that the system part of this wall that is having the depression and aberrations. So this is the depletion on the wall. That means that it is currently looking very realistic. While when you compare the SketchUp material, you can see that they're currently gone, but you cannot view this as a bleak. So even if I zoom in on mu from this angle, you can understand the difference between that is the reading material and the SketchUp material. To beat on both the one are currently showing you the difference by all this Briggs containing some specific profiles as well. You can see that there are so many bumps are available on this. You can see this all the dots and it is showing us the actin is the uneven surface that are coiled bombs to this older bumps. I'm currently created with the help of the diffusers and liberal parties off material. Now we'll feel that option here. When I click on this little mouse button. Currently this is an interactive mode, but whenever you click on this promos button and turn it on, this will follow the mouse when whichever party who mows will be, it will be rendered first. So when we create a example, you'll be going through these other options as well. What the post-production processes as well. Currently the myelin and closer. So these are the basic of this materials of a secondary term. Now one other thing about this is that we can also add just hold this radius. But I suggest whenever you are working on our interactive render or the trial off your render, you do not alter any other values. Will also be going through this and coming in tutorials. But for the moment, I will only suggest you if you're practicing always drawn our interactive render, you can incubate to medium, high, or low as per your power of your computer or configurations. And through these settings, either ListView, you can just go through your model, how it is going to look up to the rendering. So like this, you can edges 30 print material properties. So this was all about the difference between SketchUp Medea reading material and the basic of the asset material library. In coming to join us, we'll be learning how to create our own material. So I will be wrapping up this lecture or here. Thank you for watching. 32. Creating Materials in V-Ray: Welcome back to this tutorial in previous tutorial and we learned about some basic setup of materials in VA and the difference between the notable material and the material. Now as I showed you the bombs, so VD converts all the layers of different images into a single material. So this comprises of many layers of different images that shows us bumps and other objects on a material surface. So I will suggest you some free website to download your own material. But before then, I will open the US at my editor. And we will start with the generic profile. Will open it. I will click on Generate. And we'll create a material form this generic profile. Now, when I enable this generic, this will open a profile with default settings that I can diffuse. Reflection. You somebody protection values. So all these values I can alter with. But just for the example of us, we will move to the resources of website. And for that, I would like to notify that I do not have any relation with his website, but I'm just using them as if they are option or you can sit there as a free sources available for getting a good texture from the website. The first one is the Boolean. The next one is shares texture. Other one is mismatch, this one is poly haven't, and this is SketchUp texture home. So all this arrow, one of my favorites ones. You can also browse for more textures. So let's start with the basics. Suppose all this website, how different types of textures? Now most of them are freely available, but you can always buy some paid textures if you require. So this all contains as models as well. This is poly haven't. You can also download HDRI is textures and models from this website. Similarly, this all websites offer models and textures as well. So I will just go with the textures first. I will set type two textures category too. So any, I will choose the free because we are downloading three. And the main thing you're going to lose water to that evolution similarly in all these websites as well. So I suggest you just don't depend on this tutorial, but you also take the initiative to go to this website and look for your materials or anything that you find cresting, download them and try em. So let's say we download this as 5 material that is also stating that generic profile, genetic correct profile for this. So we've already started a genetic profile or genetic material creation profile. So let's say I'm going to download it as foreign material. So I'll rename it as asphalt. So we gave it the name aspart. Now let's say we were downloading this. So you can also see that as we I told you earlier, that when you download material from different sources, it will have the scale with it. By all this reading material, we lose skills along with them on the right-hand side of that. But all these other materials will have scales stuttered on the website as well. So you must remember all this before you do that, because if you lost the scale, you can do some trial and error and ten different Schism until and unless you lease to a specific benchmark that you were waiting for. Now when I click on the download option via other download option here. So in this specimen to diffuse or sorry in the displacement once did we have two options that a 16-bit and normal one. So always be possible to download those 16-bit. I will uncheck this because we do not require that, because 16-bit is nothing but the same. This both are same, but 16-bit version is the highest. So after I downloaded, I will show you what are these other profiles are. As you can see, we have different types of profiles. This whole profile will contain some particular values and different bump maps or images that will comprise our layer by layer and create a material for us. While we visualize this into realistic that we'll be looking like this. So what I'll be doing, I will select the material resolution to fork. And I will click on Free Download. Preparing the downer for me. And I will save it on my computer. Wants done. I will open it. So download is completed. Let's drag them over here. We will go to this VO2 options here that is preview, this other default material showcase of Harvard is looking. And we have other particular formats. So these are all the images you, when I open this, you can see that these are all the images. When a zoom in, you can see that at all different applications and different drawings or 20 different random lines that is creating a material for us. So these are all the profiles of the material. These are four colors, these are for bombs and so on. Now you do not know which profile will be going, or you may just goes to which profile. You can always find the shortcut over here. When you look properly, you will see that that is a A0 that is general profile. You can see that tissues for colored 30 CEO, disease for displacement says foreclosing as it is for normal textural, normal bump map. And this is for the reflection. Now how am I able to see these values? I will just create some large thumbnails. So you can see that this had all the JPEG images. While this is a TIF format, you can see that these are all written in the short form, that is NRM, reflection, gloss, displacement, color, and A0. So I will close it and we will go to the SketchUp. So let's start by applying this video. Now, when I click on this drop-down, we are diffuse option. Now diffuse option which comprises of the color of this material. So I can double-click on this and give it a material. And if I'm not satisfied and closer, I can adjust the opacity or the shade of this. Now we already have as we downloaded color for this one. So you can see that the shortcut here is C O L. So we will put this map, right-click on this. And from this option, you can either select all of this other profiles available where you can select this bitmap. Click on this bitmap, cURL and click Open. Now once done, you can go back from over here. Other option here to manipulate RE, tends to this other. Like if I click on this inward texture, this will turn all the white to black and black to whites. You can all have decided this normal editing that you can do with the images. So I suggest you to let it be two default if you haven't read this material because it is containing all those values set as default. So it will be perfect if you don't let it be. And you can also alter the texture placement like I can rotate it. You, as you can see on the screen, I will just let it be 200. Or you can just let it be to the default 0 and I will go back. Now we'll set this material as well. Click on this, click on reset, so it will be reset to the viewport. I will change it is to say floor. So we have a better idea of how does this isn't a loop. We'll click on this diffuse and turn it off. I will go to the reflection and we have the ops profile for the reflection as well. So let's go back over here. I will give it a reflection profile and the glossiness profile as well. Click on this, click on bitmap, and I will choose the reflection profile from me. Click Open, go back, click on glossiness map, and apply this glossiness map as well. Now we are almost done. You are able to see some of the realism on this preview as well. But let's close this reflection and go to refraction. We do not have any profile for the reflection because this is going to be asked five means that it is going to be a road. The road doesn't have a reflection. So refraction, it does have reflection. So I hope you know the difference between reflection and refraction. That is basic science. Now, as we turned on the genetic profile means that it is general. It contains all the profiles or attributes that we can change from o here. So it will be containing all this unnecessary as well. So what we'll be doing next year is we are done with this reflection. We're going on with tableaus. We are done with this color placement and we are left with this displacement. And this is bump map. So I'll go back here. This is quote, now we do not need to court either because this is not a glass or something. And normally it is a fabric. We can alter the opposite if you wish to coming to the map, map, you can apply them a year. So I'll click on this bitmap. And this NRM, that is normal tech companies, that is going to be a bump map. I'll click Open. Now I'll go back. Now you might not be able to see red, but I will go here and click on this normal map. So make sure you switch it to normal map to see the bumps. So this won't be visible right now because when I go to the render, I will show you that bumps are visible. I click off the bump. This is our material is ready. Now, I'll create a modal here. D can make group got on a Saturday here. Click on Add to seeing this play to selection. Now we saw on that website that the scale for this was four by four meters. So two materials. And I will go to edit and to scale to four meter. On doing so, this will be ten to the four meter. And now you can see that when I see from this angle, this showing me tiny bombs, let's render it with interactive render and take out the box. We are NCDs disease showing me the bombs. Now you can also download various other types of texture from this website. There are millions and millions of textures available on this website. And if you look around more, you will find other resources as well. So make sure you go through this. You download all the profiles and place it on your genetic profile from this Bataille option in Asset Editor. Through this, you can use or create your own pre-defined materials. Now this doesn't end here. I can also change the values from you. Now, I can also filter all this values or parameters as well like this. I can filter all these values. So we'll be looking at them in more detail. We may talk tapped in next tutorial. But for now, this was how you can create your material. And you can also download different materials from different website and choose all the layers and select them and comprise off your own materials in Sweden. Now you can also say with this material, so if I wish to save this particular material, what I can do is a weekly call this CEO asset to file. And you can see that this is name is We are met means that this is going to be saved as a VR material, or sorry, we're a material. So I will see you a week and will be safety Meditech tree. Now this material will be available whenever I want to open. So I will go to the open option and I can select this as far to rearm and click on this, we'll add it as my reading material Currently it is already at two, so it will editor has one. So like this, you can create your own materials, say with him, and you're going to open them in next projects or other files as well. So this was all about creating materials through a set of detail. So I'll be wrapping up this lecture here. And in next lecture we will look through a little bit in more depth through this options. So thank you for watching. 33. Creating Materials in V-Ray : 2: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to run them out material aspects with little bit of tapped. So in order to demonstrate that, I have created a small studio like component and objects all year and I have created three spears. Now this object does not contain any material. In order to start with it, I will start with indirect to render. So I will open to us at Editor. And I would add some lights here that we will be learning in further lectures. Just for the moment, I were directing a light year and invisible on the ceiling of this. So let's start by starting and interactive render over year. So I have created an interactive render. You can see that there is some light coming from left side of this object. And I have created a group type structure all year to cover it from the sunlight. So we'll have some sun rays necessarily emitting on their spears. On the top of that we have rectangular light over here, but I've made it invisible, so it won't be visible. But you can see that the light of the rectangle you are like splashing on this spears. So let's start by getting the genetic material for the background of this one. So I'll open the US AT editor. When you go to the multi-year, you don't have any material attest to this drawing. So currently showing that there are no material. So when I click on this, hello, again, start asking me about the genetic material or the material profile that I wish to start creating. Or either I can do is I can go to the materials and apply any one of available materials over here. We can either choose anyone from this. So in this case, I will be going with a plastic materials for the background. So I will go with this first one that is saying plastic, simple greens gray. So I'll select this component that's on the background. And I will select apply to selection. Whenever we go to the material profiles, we have a material over here that is readily available. Now I will go to the scene one, and we'll change some attributes for that material so we can have a good look of this one. Now, here, there are a few aspects already set for us. Suppose this reflection color, Diffuse color. So diffuse, I will change the color to white and do it a little bit of glossiness. Okay, this looks great. So we'll set the material for the background and I will go to this peers now. And we'll start understanding the eight aspect of this material placements. Now, you can see that there is a reflection of sunlight on the bottom of this piers. And on the lap left one there isn't any because it is situated far away. So we'll start by creating material or this sphere. So click on this and right-click on this one material. I will select generic. I would have been created one more generic scenario, create another generic. Now we have three generic materials. So I'll rename it to spear one. And I will also rename all these to each component materials. Now, we will apply all these 31 by one. So select this one and select the sphere and apply it to selection. Select this and apply to selection. And third 10 year. She like this. And I will select this and apply it to selection. We'll go to seem too bad. Now you can see that we have all these three materials applied to US elections. So let's start by altering the first one. When you open to any of the materials or data genetic profile for material, you went to all these default options available over here, you can switch to advanced view from this option also saying switched to basic settings and switch to advanced settings. So let's start by diffuse through refuses, a superficial option available here. And it is the most important because this is what gives any profile or a material profile of color. So you can set the color off any material or material profile from this diffuse option. Currently, you can see that we do not have any of the reflection on this one as we alter all this other aspect and parameters, we would help them as well. So I will start by creating a color off this one. And you can also give any of the color. You can alter HSB values and you can also enter the RGB values. And you can also send our GPS is ranged from it. So I can either set the range from 0 to 25 or 0.1 to 0.10. Similarly, you can also sort it at all these values. And from this color space you can adjust the screen SRGB or to rendering RGB. So the difference between screen SRGB and rendering our CBT is that a rendering RGB is the value displayed on the common screens while sRGB is altered with specific screen that you are using. In this case, let's set some colors so I will give it to white color, a little bit of yellowish shade. So I will give it a color. A little bit of yellow is shared with white color to this kind of like off-white color with little bit of yellow sheet to give it a little bit of grayish color. This is how you can alter the color often material. Now if you wish to save this color, you can just right click on it. Once you right-click all We're all this color will be saved as a specific color that you can utilize later in your project. So I can change all these colors, then give it any specific color that I desire. So now let's give it a specific color. So I will give it a white color. And we tell share shed off little bit of orange color. Tell this color over here. In the other cases, I will go to aspire to and gave it the same color from me. And I will go to spare 3 and give it the same color from this saved color over here, we'll create our three colors and three different pairs over here. Now, let's go to the first one and we will alter the value of roughness. Now generally mortars roughness in it. So in order to understand roughness, I will do each of them has a different value. So in this case, I will give it to one and spiritual case. That was done on Advanced Settings. And here it 2.5 value. And I will keep your toughness to 0 in the third case, that is peer three. So you can see the different software of Nestle IOA. When I zoom in at the bottom of this one, you can understand that is some difference earlier. So in this case, this material is having a lot of roughness. Well, this material is look smooth. And the middle of this one days has both roughness and dullness on the right side offered. So let's understand it better. I will increase some density of light tool, say 75. So if you concentrate on the bottom part of this pair, as you can see that there is some more roughness or visible or year the material is getting dirt and blurry Sharjah. But in case of this one, it is not that compared to this one. And when you feel sneak over year, it is more smooth compared to the other ones. So that is how you can alter the roughness values often material. So we'll go back to the materials, go back to spare one and we will alter the value of deflection. Now, gender-related collection is defined by color. You give it to it. So if I give a reflection of say, full white color, you can see that the reflection on the screen, it is showing that there is some deflection over, over the surface of this material as per the rectangular light I published on the ceiling, it is showing that that is too light available for right, that is going placed on it. And it is showing the reflection of this slide. While in case of this one, it is showing the in the preview that that is a sun and it is creating a reflection on this material. So you can also enter the reflection glossiness hallway. You. Thank you. Good. 0 glossiness. There won't be any deflection in order to have a reflection. You also want it took you a glossiness value. So in this case you can see that if I increase them, get glossiness to one, it will have a lot of gloss on reflection. Vacuum 8.952 will be reduced. So let's keep it 0.7. And it will be around here. So this has a reflection compared to this both one you can see the difference between these three. This has a reflection but it is not much glossy. It is having a matte finish on it. So it like this. You can create a plastic materials with terrible for reflection and reflection glossiness. So keep the value to one. In this case, we will move on to the second sphere. Now in this one, I will go to deflection. Turn off the advanced settings. I will go to reflection. And in this case I will change the reflection color to retard bit of yellowish color. And I, I'll close it. So you can see that as I gave it a reflection of the yellow color, that reflection compared to this plot, in this case it is white and then discuss it is the yellowish. So it will give you material or yellowish profile. So through this option, you can create a metallic paint that is used for God, or you can have a glossiness finish. And it is also used on CNC materials to be read as shine and different colors of my reflection. So you can alter this value from this option. So whatever color you will give it, it will have that kind of reflection value. So if I gave it a matte finish lake again, we did earlier. This will be looking like a plastic with a little bit of yellowish material reflection. So if you compare this both, you can see that this is really met finished and this is glossy finish off white color. My reflection as ends the values back to the one. And now you can understand the difference between the spot. Now, let's go to the third sphere. I'll go to the Touch beer. And in terms of reflection, I won't do any changes, but I will just keep it to a default of white, white that we're given in the first year. So in this case, I will give some other ways to use all year. Now, we will move on to the Fresnel. So what is Fresnel? So Fresnel is what? They'll use. Strengths do your reflection or reflection of material. So if I wish to alter the value of Fresnel, I can move it reflects an IOR. So reflection IR will alter the value of the Fresnel that is currently set to 1.6 as a default. So I would enable reflection IR in this case. Now pay attention here. So if I turn off the Fresnel, this will turn it into a completely metallic material. This won't have any deflection on the side edges. So you can see that it is showing you a reflection of this pair on this side. So it is come completely turned into, you can say like metallic finish of meter. So in order to create a meter is you can use this option. I will turn on the freshener on this one, and I find it use the Fresnel. It will be back to what we saw earlier to 0. And if I keep the value to phi as I increase, the material color will be fed it into, we'll have more metallic finish. With this option, you can create some bluish class that we use as a glazing in the buildings. So like this, you can create a metallic finish on a blue colored glass. So keep the radio to default, that was 1.6. Then other option here it is mattering as so I can increase the metal nest. This works similarly what we saw in Fresnel, but this will have more of gloss and reflection on this on ponens. So reduce it to 0, or you can just let it be to say 0.3. Now we owe other option that is surface controller. When I go to the surface controller, it will use the roughness and use an alkalosis option. They fear zoom-in disappear. So if I use the user roughness option, this will be looking more trough Mencius, all the attributes that we said with test parameters will be used as often as option in aspect of the reflection. If I use it as a US glossiness and this will give it a more natural and realistic look. So this is how you can alter the values of reflection in this three ofs pairs. Now, we will move on to the next option that is refraction. Then go to back to spare one. And this, in this case, I do not have to use another spirit that also is used for the difference, showing you the difference between a different ordering, different values and their results. So go back to spare one. Now, if I go to the refraction and we have a similar option that is reflection color. So I will go to this and I'll give it a white color. So we already given it a refraction reflection value whenever you also gave it to the fraction value. Now currently there isn't any visibility on this because we turned it into a transplant material on her giving her reflection value of white and N3 and keep it to the full adapt and giving the depiction value of white and giving to a pool that it will run the object into a transparent material. You can create glasses through this option. So I will turn off the interactive render for the moment and we will create some other component to understand this options. Now you can see that this one is currently turned into a transplant material. Hello, delete this pole spear and remove it a little bit. Bottom part. Let's create a table for that first. So we've listed on this table, I will go to a center data and we will give it some material. So I will be going with the tightest one. We will use some glossy data's in this case. To selection. I'm going to start the interactive render. And I will let just the scale of this material first grade to render. And we will create another object right next to it to understand that infection. Okay, So I will start with the interactive render again. This time we'll place two objects on our scene, and we'll go back to the materials and let just the view so we can understand these different objects prospectives. So we have a transparent material co-authors, spear and the box. So we'll apply the same material on the box. I will select this box and I will use to apply to spare option and select apply to selection. Softer material replication. You can observe that this motto objects are drawn to transparent. So we will again some values over here. Now we are another option that is four. Now when you notice we have some of the materials that is showing that this is a transparent bridge. It has some profile. When you go under, under concentrate on the top part of this object, you can see that there is some profiles at showing that there is some thickness of this box. I will change this for color to facilitate bit of black. Let's go with a little bit of reddish color. So this will give it a profile of red color. I would let just the lightness and darkness from this option. So this is how you can apply the fork. Now you can see in the preview how does this look? This will give it to transplant look with a different profile or a different colour of the class. So you can return a different color of this form from this options. So I can do it a little bit of yellowish value. Similarly, you can write it another option. So if I want to keep it transparent, averages give it a white color of this book and I can adjust the value of this book. Now with this option, you can alter the multiplier option. So if I increase the multiplier value of fork to maximum, this will give it completely transparent to look. This won't have any profiles showcase. So let's wait a few seconds, state it is rendered fully. Okay. So you can see that it is giving it completely transparent look and there is no reflection of the status level on the sides as well. So if I keep it prelude to one, this will reduce the rate of multiplying of flock that is between this profile is showcases. Now another option that we have here is IOR. This is cognitively similar to what Fresnel IOR. So if I increase the value of this, it will return it into a metallic glass or metallic look. So there will be complex reflection and refraction on this. What the profiles. If I reduce it. If I reduce it to say 0.7, this will again turn it back to the water. It was set to default of 1.6. So always remember to keep the IOR to 1.6 unless you wanted to be turned into a meter or metallic look. Now next option here, we have this reflection, glossiness. Third and under advanced settings for this. And we will have this refraction glossiness. We also have this option for pi it. So for bias alters the weight of warnings appeared on our material. If I change the for value 2 minus, you can just put it to minus one. This will make it modal, like Dell and Farid type of folk. And if I increase the value to file, this will give it more transparent loop that is fresh, like it cuz it more clear view to value to 0 as the default. And now we will move on to the mix shadows. So if I turn off this effect shadows option, you can see that this concurrently as shadows. And this one also has a shadow. So if I turn on the effect shadow, there won't be any shadows created from this one. So if I turn off the effect shadow option, this will able to shadow read from this profile as an object. So I will let it be two turned off so it will have more realistic look. And if you want it to be transparent, you just have to click on this opec shutters option and tons of shadows off. Now for unit scaling. So if I turn this fourth unit scaling, it won't have any realistic form and they won't be able to enter the scale of the fork. And it will also have refraction and reflection below it. You can see that there is some white reflection and reflection created from this peer. So if I turn it on, the value of debt will be increased. It is more authentic currently compared to what it was previously. So this is how you can integrate the value of deflection in it. Now we have affect channels that is correct, only color across edify knowledge and the sulfate, keep it all centers at will have more realistic and sharpness on the edge. So you can see that there's more to collection created on this one. If I keep it to color plus alpha, this will ever use data for light gentle, or that is created by Sun analytes and it will put it on the reflection values. So I will let it be two color only because that what we just use in general. Now another option over here, below refraction that is caught Xin opposite and bombed. In this case, we do not need CT machine. So I'll just move on with the opacity. You inherited the opposite value of any color. So if I make it to say point for, this will make it look like moieties transparent material. So in this case you can see that it might look a little bit of transparent and it looks like it is a bubble. So like this, you can also create the bubble there is created from soft soil you to 0.7. Let it be two to one to the max. Like this, you can alter the reflection values. Next is bumping binding. So before we move on to that, we have already studied about pumped in previous tutorials. So I will show you a 10 image. If you go here. We are two types of maps. The main is Bump Map and other one is displacement map. Feel this base model to dissolve it looks with the texture applied. Once you provided a bump map, this is how it will be looking with the help of the bump map. And this is a normal bump map. This is bump map and this is normal bump map. So in this case, when you use the displacement, it will be more disordered where in case of pumps it will give it a little bit of collaboration and values and it will make it look more realistic. So this suggest you to use the bump map or normal bump in your tenders. So we already know how to download such profiles from the Internet. I don't know for opacity. And we will go to the bump. You're going to increase and decrease the bumps values as per your needs. And this will also have some effects on this in bumping VO2 option that we just saw or a bump map and normal bump map can import any profile of a texture to this if you have. But if you've downloaded, this was what about traction refraction values in terms and edit profile values for the materials? In next tutorial, we will learn more aspect of this, make creating a emissive material. Thank you for watching. 34. Creating Materials in V-Ray : 3: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial, we are going along aspects of material from the SketchUp and 3D. So in this tutorial, I will show you some basic predict election profiles and learn about this. All the aspects will be applicable in all of the materials. So you can order different freedoms of different materials engineer to same. So I will go back to the scene 1. So I have a material object. It is coffee table available in the component section by default in SketchUp, you can go to the components catch up in dynamic component, you will find this copper tape that I will use. This options created a small component of blocks which could be using palpating. Are you missing material? So let's get started. I will go to the mainland hoping to render. Now in this case, I have all the materials that we used previously so I can eat that is deductible, doesn't use material. So in this one plus to learn about the profiles that are currently applied to this coffee table. I will do the materials. And you say dropper tool. Once I select this copyrightable material that is green, this would appear on our screen. So you can understand that it does not have any tax purposes menu. It is just based on the color, reviewed some values, and return to a color to orange that we use previously or photosphere. I'll give some deflection value and make it glossy. And I would also decrease the deflection IOR. So you would create a bit of metallic look. This looks great. In this case. Now done the radius for this deprotection of table, but before that, schumpeter collection but all fire. When you go to the switch to advanced view for the reflection V0, some BID and copilot tells us what the reflection is, determines the shape of highlight that is placed on data protection. So if we go to this few option that is formed, lard and micro facet, CTF, GTEx. So let's understand the difference between them. So in this image, you can see that the form will appear that reflection profile and highlighted as this one, right indicates or blend, it will have more flourish. Look when you consider it is very sharp and desist. Little bit of a reddish and traded in case off the source light, showing the US more resource and distribution reflected as a big source. In coming to the warden TTX mode of metallic look, matte look and gt, realistic, reflective, endlessly loop. So I will suggest you to always call it the TTX. And if you want to create a Mac material, you can go with the wire profile. So we'll let this values. We can also return a value of backside with this. So you can have different that we can have a little bit of better hope this. And if I don't know on the big side, entities flow sort of back off this material. Now I can also sort at the maximum depth for the deflection. So that takes me to the default has failed. So if you do not wish to have any all add, as I said this to you just like this deportable, use me to the potent lesson until you complete understanding of feature values. This you might end up creating unwanted particular unrealistic material. So go back to this s2 and more on return other options. So in this case, I have this profile has dropped thing to render and other short you might poke that. We would first change tomato, you're off this table that is currently texture braced available that as a deported in SketchUp. Then we create some material for this one. And it would be retaining the same look on the inside edges of this. Before we move on to that attitude, some 3D texts for this. What are the tools? Speech on 3D text, and I will say one and click on Place. So in order to place it, scale it first. I'm just creating a somewhat random show up is the actor is not to scale. So don't worry about this gate 47. We will go to s2 and I'll start the interactive render. Open this editor as well. So potentially you can see that this is arbitrary. Looking at seen increased intensity of light to AD and dictates the center point. For. Now, let's skew the NPI stick material, whole table itself faced first, selected. And I will go to the default potatoes of feeding. In this case, I will go to the board and lemonade. And idealistic wood material that is a little bit of glossy plate is seen as a scale for this first, select the eye dropper tool and adjust the scale for this material to make it thicker bit glossy as well. And adequate reflection increase that lossiness. Radio to 0.1 and little bit of light color to having more glossiness value. Zooming to this table. This is looking more realistic. What do you do that was to be applied the tricky part. Now let's give material for test box as well. Harold be using plastic material. Plastic, and I'll choose this one. A little. Plastic fosters decreased 30 traction to make it greater than transparent. Deflection value 2.9 and give it a full color, make it more glossy. So does this Alamouti get looks now? It should be the last decrease. A little bit of reflection and glossiness. You can set it. This is a portion in type of lemonade Houston, but in each us. Now, let's create a messy material and Dana, hire somebody. Right-click on this and select a measurement in here. Then we create emissive material. This will have some light altering from it. And you can always increase and decrease dvds of light emission. So let's start by creating it. I can provide you and I can also copy the video of the colors. I can do it a different color, say like this. So let's start by creating this. We already created the material, so just place it inside the box. Click on box. So I will apply the material to different edges of the box inside of it. Now, start thinking back to render. Go to s2. And you ended up getting some light. So if I increase the weight, so I can now be a different color from this option. Again, also, the intensity of this amazing material, WB to point to outlet set to. So like this, you can create a little example. This is useful by creating bank can make light in the ceiling of interior objects. Or you can also use it to create new templates in house's exterior models. And you're gonna also be transparent. So if I increase the transparency taste warned her and effect off light and I can decrease the transparency and MSU material. Look. So if you go to the binding, you would know that option to comment that we just saw previously. So this is how you're going to create a missing material. In order to be with more realistic look, I will just do some color to this one as well. I will go Mathias. I would say concrete or let's just call me to plastic and select, apply to selection. This is how it should look. If you can offer their own values, CDO, sunlight, because this will look more realistic. So this was what about emissive material and other reflection profiles available in SketchUp meeting. Thank you for watching. 35. V-Ray Lights: Welcome back to this tutorial. Now, in this tutorial we're going to go through the video lights. So if you do not have any lights option, you can right-click on this 2s taskbar or toolbar anywhere. And you're going to have a live ETA lights, the video lights out or whatever. And we did lights two sets. Now we have few times, so feeder light, the particular lights that we are going to go through in this tutorial will be rectangular. Spear spot IS omni light. Now the, then a few other types teddies, dome light and there is a mesh light which will be seeing in the next tutorial. And we also have the advanced option that is light chain that we'll be we'll be going through in coming portion because it is really advanced and a unit to clear this concept before you move on to that. So practically Let's start by the rectangular light. So I will set up in small room type of object. All you have created few words and I've created an opening for us to see the inside of part of this. And I also added material texture all for concrete on this false and created a Florida with voting lemonades. And I will set up a scene so we'd not have to keep on changing with the detection or anything of this. So now let's start by creating a rectangular light. So rectangle light option is available on this 3D like toolset. I'll be conducting a light and we can create a rectangle light anywhere on the screen. Now drawing a light is something similar to that week. It'll draw rectangles in SketchUp like this. I can draw any SketchUp rectangle. So similarly, I can do light as well. So click on this rectangle light and I will throw light on this, say, corner around here. Now the difference between drawing a square and rectangle light is only that, that you can not enter any measurement for the light. Well, in terms of square or rectangle that we're told through SketchUp, we were able to enter any manure value for the parameters. In this case, you just have to throw lightning and light. Once drone, you just have to click anywhere outside. Now you can also move this light anywhere from its source point, like any detection or anywhere. And you can also scale it as per your needs. Thanks this. So let's check How does this looks in our render. Now before that, you, whenever you draw a light, it will always display an arrow that is the direction of the emission or projecting point of the light. So this will be my source point. And from that point the light will be emitted or protecting the lighter on this detection. So let's set up the scene. Now let's understand this. I will turn on the SR ready to go to Settings. I have already set up rendering value, so you do, I do not have to alter anything more. Let's start thing to render. This one. As I start to render, you can see that the light is emitting some projecting light on the floor as well as surrounding. You can see, I told you on this point. Now, let's understand some basic concept of lights on the weekends, Saturday to use this option, say like when I click on light, it will display all the active site on this train to sunlight is available by default so you cannot alter it or you cannot remove it. But if you do wish to, you can delete it as well. Now, we have frequent parties for this light. I can now return to the parameters for the intensity of light. So suppose if I enter 15, press Enter. You can see that the light on this render had bright enough. So through this, you cannot return to the parameters of the light. I can also view the lighter color, like I can give it a brown color and red color. Or I would like it to be right in this case. Now this does not handle here. We also some more parameters for altering the light. So when you click on this modal properties option, you will have all the options. What is light? And you're going to also have the preview of the light or heel. Now first and foremost that we saw over here, that was about a level flight. So I can adjust any value or I can enter any menu or RGB value for the light. So I'm letting it be right in this case, I can alter the intensity of light. Suppose like this. And if we see clearly, you can see that the light is being reflected from the surface and it is also being projecting on that left side of the wall. That's move it like this. So you can say to clearly, again, alter the intensity 5, 10. You can see that there is no light emission. So I would let it be to say a 100. So this looks good. Now, I can change the color again. So we write, we have another option. Now. We have the shape of light to be square or rectangular form. Again, alter the shape of light by clicking on this shape option and I can turn it into a circular or disk option. This will return the light into this. Now I can alter the size of this disk from this bill option. You don't want to have more specific parameters for creating a disconnect, so you just have to do with what is it a pill. So I return it back to rectangle. And I can alter the values for this rectangle from this option that will alter the length of its both the side that allele. And we have another document that is direct channel the t. So if the value of directionality, you can see that when I give it to fool, it will only emit light on its opposite point. There are no light emission on this wall. What the side, you may not be able to visualize that from this render. Let's, let's try to understand this as well. You can see that there is no reflection point on our protecting of light on the sites other than the opposite side of the slide. And similarly, on this left side render you we are not able to see anything other than the point of our source of light. So what we're doing over here is I will let the directionality of beta 0, that is the default, means it will reflect and emit light as a source in all the directions. Now, let's understand other options. I will increase the intensity to say 200. For this, you can see that the room is brightened up. Now, when we click on this option, we'll few more option for the light to first and foremost and most important option is invisible light. This will be helpful in many interior projects. So before we move on to that, I will draw another light on our project. I will stop the interactive render for the moment. Close the editor as well, and I will draw another. Use this point and use this point to understand the indirect to light with the help of invisible option, start thinking back to render. And this time around you can see that there is a good intensity of light and the whole room is bright enough. So I will select the second light and rename it to ceiling light. Now and we are to this value 2016. But even if I alter the way, you can see that there is a light is being visible. So I will go to the options of what this light and invisible. Now the light will still exit, but it will be invisible. It won't have any source or emission point about the light. So if I increase the value was let's give it to 30, that owes it to port. Now, the whole room is really dark. So if I increase the video to say 5500, the whole room will brighten up without showing us the main source of the light. So let it be 250. So we'll do this room looks cool and it does not have any emission point other than the slide there it is on ceiling. So this is helpful when you need one, when you are working in a dark room interior project and you need to showcase light, but you do not, you are not allowed to show any source of light. You can use this for the enhancing purposes. So this is about, this was about invisible light. That is another option that is no decay. And I turn off no DKA option. It will only be, you can say only be reflected on the source object or source surface. So I will let it be turned off so it will emit the light everywhere at the end of main portion. Now there is another option that is shadow effect. Create any object that is in front of light and light is projecting the light on that object and the object is creating shadow because of that light. So if I turn off the shadow, that object won't reflect any shadows on the other side. So this won't give any realistic look to it. Sorry, let it be turned on and I suggest you to do the same down now next option here we have this double-sided. So I will did it the ceiling light because we do not require now, it was just for the demonstration purpose of the invisible light. And you can see the messy which engine now render. I'll create another light right over here. Now remove this light somewhat around away from this wall. So this is currently engaged in. I've opened the frame buffer so we can see it. Now we have this light on our screen, does like to increase the intensity to 250. So you can easily see that. And for the moment I will just turn it to 0. Now, I will go back to this 50 light that we just created on air. I'll go to the Options and I will click on double-sided. When I do there, you can see that other side of this light is turned on, means that currently this light is turned off and it is showing us black, nothing but the black color means this light is off and the source of light is visible. So if I make it invisible, this one, the light source, light one we visible. They give it value, say 50. It will emulate but in one way visible and you can see in current reflection that there is some light currently over here. Make it 0 again, and the light is invisible. For now. In case of this light, I will increase the intensity to say a 100. And I will click on this double-sided option. So when I do that, the other side of this slide is also being turned on, means that the light generally has only one side. So if I turn off double-sided, the mix side of this tender will be black or the backside of this light will be black. And when I click on doubles edit turned on, this will be creating another light source on the back off that light. So this is how the double-sided works in 3D. Now, generally these folds are parameters will be repeated in other lights as well. This was just the MOOC through the options and parameters of the light. In old. The other option we will have only alternative with the aeration with the shape of lights. All these parameters will be same in all the lights. Now one of the options we have it is effect diffuse and specular and effect reflections. So diffuse, if I turn the turn or decrease the effect diffuse, this won't have any emerging point or emerging of light on the surfaces, meant this will deem the light a bit. While source will remain constant. This source, we label the equal intensity or parameter. The protecting, but the light won't be protected because it is deemed down by the affect diffuse. So I suggest you can alter this as per your requirements or let it be to the default that is fun. Similarly, when it's affect specular option, in effect, deflection option, they are proportionally connected to each other. So if you decrease them both, the light won't have any emission on the sides. It will be only depicted on the source. You can see that in the wall you might not be able to see it, or you might not be able to notice it on this render. So when you see on this preview option, if I increase this both the points, the light is also reflected on the side says, Well, what if I decrease this both options? The light will only be reflected on the opposite side of it. So I will let it be two, the one as diploid. And I suggest you do the same on unless and until you have any specific requirement with your project. Next is texture resolution. So you can resolution, you can adjust the texture of this resolution or flight with this parameter to make it more SD. And I suggest you, we want you to get in your final renders. So for now I will let it be the default that was 50, 100, two. So this was about rectangular light and circular disc like in 3D. Or stop the interactive render. Close it, and we will try now next slide that is spilled light. Before we do that, I will indeed it does both the lights. And we will move on to this pair light option. So let's create a spare lightener rendered first. Now, I will click on this spread light option. And you can click anywhere where you are, wherever you want to create a spare light. Once you click that, now you have the sphere obtaining on your model. Either you're going to enter the manual value for their ideas so you can just click and select the value for this. So this seems fine to me now. I'll click on it. And I remove it. You told me it up because it is currently being in the middle of this model. So I'm just going to bring it up somewhere around the center of the storm. This room's find now. So let's understand this. Spear light. I will turn on interactive render. And you can see that the spread light is obtained on the screen. Spear light is nothing but just a spear that is emitting or protecting light on it's all detection proportionately. So if I enter the intensity to say 150, you can see that the whole room will be brightened up. As I discussed earlier, we have all the similar units and the parameter optional here. You can enter the units for any of the lights that is default set to scale up. You can also tell it to luminous, radiant power, whatever practically you are working on project area. It is proportional to your users. You're going to enter the intensity parameter or the units for that. I can turn it to 200 and press enter. We just tell another alternative or radiation option compared to the rectangular, that is data into shape, as I told you earlier, that all knights will only help the variations in the shape parameter. Now when I go to option, we have all the same options that we saw previously with the rectangular light. So I can turn this source to invisible. I can turn nor decay and done off decay. I can turn off shadows for this slide and turn on, turn it on again. And I can also alter this diffuse values. So this is something that you should view all you need to practice in order to understand this option's better. So I suggest you go through this options and play around with this options funds fly with yourself so you can have a better idea and better understanding the depth of this parameters I'm dissecting on your final vendors. So this was about this pale light. I will delete this pearlite in our drawing. We will move on to the next slide to this port lighter. Now let's understand spotlight first. Spotlight is something that you have might have absorbed in many public places. And you can spotlight. I will have the option to add to it the spotlight. Now wherever point I click on this model, at whichever point I will be clicking, it will create a spotlight. So if I click over here, let's put light is created and it is which is facing the executive downward or which is exactly aligned with the horizontal portion of this model. So let's try the interactive render for this. Now, light is not visible on screen currently, right? Because that is because of the default values of this intensity of the light. So in Spotlight, when I just keep my mouseover, this intensity option, you actually shows that the minimum and maximum intensity I can set for the spotlight. It is creativity the visible that I can set the maximum intensity to up to this many zeros and extent. So it does have value and say, okay, now you can see that the spotlight is when showing on our screen or decrease it a bit. This looks good. Now, go to this thing density and the light currently on a random order. Now I can filter the light as well for this to all those options that were similar to what we saw previously. So let's move on to the variations here. Now, again, we only have the variation in this options with regards to only the shape of this light. Now you can see that the light is really sharp. Oeo, you can easily say that the light is only being projected on this portion of the model. So I can exit the quantum view from this filter with the NCL of this light. And if I alter the value of the penumbra angle, suppose safe, I didn't increase it. The light will have some flourished known as the sharpness that we saw earlier. It is really sharp, right? So if I enter any specific value for this one, say one, it will have a little bit of flourish and it will be like emitting light beyond that portion with the target of evenness. So if I increase this value, then on Brandel, the whole room, can we brighten up with a spotlight on? So this clearly looks good. Now at this point I would say that we also another option for the penumbra angle. Now there are two types, linear and smooth cubic. So as pay attention here in order to understand this, currently this is showing us a linear portion means that the light is being protected beyond this point and reflected as well. But you can easily set that the light is only being protected on modal beyond this boundary. So let's zoom in a little bit so we can have idea I phi angle. If I change this penumbra fall off angle to smooth cubic, you can see that there is more smoothness available on our screen. Now, the light is being most more than doubt end up boundaries. If it was set to linear. This shows us that instead as Simms still some sharpness with the slide and keeping it to the smooth cubic, it will be really smooth. Similarly via other option that is inverse-square. This is something that will be inverting the decay off this light. So it is similar to what we saw earlier, but it does have a different type of profiles in this case, if I click on inverse is for university life beyond that boundary. So this doesn't set any of our practical analysis or critical approach to this using this option. But so I will set this to let it be two, the inverse square that was the default. And you can also have the shadow radius because as the spotlight health mute, few, few more dimension compared to the straight lovely light that we used earlier. You can alter the radius for the shadows. So shadows we'll have two type of shadow. One is light and one is type of graph that is a slightly displaced with the original shadow. You see that when we work on interior project can be, let it be 200 and I will suggest you, if you just let it be 200, it will be good. Now going to the option, we again have the same option that we saw earlier. So I'll just skip that part for this light. Now let's stop the interactive render and everyday task spotlight. Spotlight is doesn't end here. We have another placement option for the spotlight. So when I'm when I was playing sport and I didn't know that this port let we were projecting on this area. And the spotlight angle will be set to this angle only to help manual placement of the sport light. You can do that with their boat, the ship button. So when I click on spotlight, and by replacing, say I am going to place my spotlight on this corner. Okay? By placing, I will hold down the Shift key. So press Shift key on your keyboard and click anywhere on the main point where you want to alter the spotlight. So i o here. So this is the option where I have my spotlight will be emerging from and I can alter with less meant for that. So now I can select the point where it will be having like targeted. So this will be my target point. So when I click on this, I will have a radius for the cone. So I can again keep the ideas. I do not have to she hold Shift again. I just have to hold it by placing the light. So give it this as a cone angle. Now you can see that there are some lines. So on my screen after giving the cone angle, it is asking me this lines, this Landsat penumbra angle, what we saw earlier, that will be the smoothened or fitness applied beyond the boundary. So let it be all heel. Now we'll get back to the main scene and I will start the interactive render. This time around again. Let's increase the intensity. You can see on the screen the intensity of this light. And it is affecting how our model. I can change the color of this light. And all the other options remain same. Also, I can now go in and alter with this color. There is nothing to worry about if you place it manually. And I'm going to the options. We are going to have the same options that we had previously. This was this the different placement method off the spotlight. Nothing changes. So it's stopped the interactive render and this port. Now before we move on to IS light, Let's go through the Omni light. So omni light has a similar concept to the spear light, but rather than having goes circular source of emission or projection of light, it will have a single point that won't be visible anywhere on our model. When I click on Omni light to last me to the point where I want to place dominate lighter. It will be reflecting width proportion to all the directions. I will press it exiting on the tried to place it exactly on the center of this room. Press Shift key and without it off snap. I will try to press it somewhere around. Say here. And we'll move it inside it and move it little bit outputs. So I tried to put it exactly on the center of this room. Now let's try to render at seldom our interactive render. And currently you may not see any changes on that ender because when your tool again editor with the intensity of this light, so I will increase it to 10 thousand. That is still we need to increase it. Now you can see that Omni light is creating the light everywhere on this room without having, and it's a source visible. So this is similar too, spare light, but it does not have any main circular source of the slide. It did have some transparent, invisible source. And all this option remains same for this light as well. I can, it's just the intensity I can inverse the profile of this decay. I can give it a shadow register. It is also similar to the spotlight, and I can also change the color of this light like this. So this was about the Omni light. It will be having a projection on all the surrounding and you can see that in all 360 degrees of light. So this is about omni light, stopped fintech to render, and it's omni light. Now let's understand the concept of IES lights. Ies, the word concept. If I keep it in short and easy to understand language, I will say that I isolate our actual replica of the original lights, the original light tet, we practically seen our day-to-day life Adam made into Cairo converter in by designers into ICE IS format. So you can import that to any other rendering software as well, including 3D. So you can use the original lights inside the VTA. So this will help you give more realism to your entire projects or whether it be exterior as well. A weighted sum of my collection of specialized slide that I use in my projects. Also, you can download from internet because many of the manufacturers also upload their lights for free and you can find thousands and thousands of life to you on the internet. So when I click on iOS light, this will ask me to open my eyes light. So before I do that, I will show you some of the lights I hill. So on clicking on a slide, this will open my directory to select dyes like I want to import to. Before I do that, I will show you some of my collection. So I have this collections of ice sled. I have many more than this. Just for this tutorial, we will be using one of this. So I, you cannot see which light will be having what type of format or what type of shape. So I have this thumbnail attached to light's connecting up on this thumbnail, I can see that each number of lights and what type of light it is. So for this project, we will be trying around. Let's use the light number 41. Close this preview. We'll go back to SketchUp and I will click on iOS light. So we need to use the 41. So here it is. I'll click on open on opening that and I will be asked to less light somewhere. So I press it around this point. So we have entered the eyes light on a model. And I select will also be wherever on this data, I will start the interactive render again. And this time around, you need to turn on the intensity manually for this IS light. This IS light has some patterns or you're, now when I click on this intensity and turn it on the library returned on in our screen. And I will need to increase the intensity to max. This very take a little bit, Lord, on my computer because the IS light has some originality and different types of op texts and scales over here, as you can see on this preview. So this will take more time to show up or desert in the screen. So increase the value for this again. Now it seems, okay. So this is about, this IS light. Similarly to what we showed earlier, we will have the same option here for the IS light. Now there is something different that we have auctioneer shape. So there are few parameters that are directly proportional to the file you are using if third designer of this IS light held, put the variation of parameters for the shape, you will be able to change it between them. It's very tense. You to point from circle. This won't have any change on our eyes light because this does not contain it is depending on the creator of this light that tape, he has entered any value force the Tat or not. So I can again change this parameters for light, tends the color of the light. So this was all about lights in we re, we'll be going through dome light and mesh light in coming tutorial. So to give you an overview about dome light, dome light does not provide any light source or like projection. It gives an environment. So we'll be going through that in next tutorial. For now, I will wrap up this lecture overview. Thank you for watching. 36. HDRI and Mesh lights in V-Ray: Welcome back. In distributor, we are going to learn about mesh light and Dome lights in SketchUp. So i o created a room as previous tutorial. So as for the demonstration purpose, now, let's understand first about mesh light. You can see that I'm not able to enable this mesh-like option. If I select this room that is currently converted into a group from single planes, I will be able to convert it into a mesh light centrally. Basically mesh light is nothing but when you create any component or object in SketchUp, once you convert it into a group, you can convert that group or any form of shape into a mesh light. So if I'm trying to draw cuboid here like this. And with this group, I will create a copy offered. Now we'll convert it into a group. Generally, here we have two things that these both are same, but only this part is converted into group. So if I select this and anybody tried to enable the mesh light, I will not be able to do that. In order to convert it into a mesh light, I need to select it first and click on this mesh light option. So before we do that, let's open them. Asset Editor. And now let's try to convert this boat into mesh light. I will do some material to this first, so we will have a better idea on while walking on it. Go to materials. I'll select conquered. This seems fine. Apply to selection. Or change the scale of this material also, because it is not acute effect. This looks fine. And I will change the material 40 floor as well with the tiles material this time. And I will also change the scale of this material. That should be one meter according to this catch up as it is returning us a 100 centimeters. So let's move on with the tutorial now. I will open the US at Editor and close the material showcase, go to lights. And let's start by creating or converting this into a mesh light. As we understood that we need to create any object into a group in order to convert it into mesh light. We cannot do that without that. So I would direct this one and we will convert this cube that we converted it into group to convert it into a mesh light. After you select this option, you will have option to convert it into a mesh light. As you click on this, you can see that there will be some boundary lines drawn on it and some lines over this object in all the sites. So this means that you can convert this into a mesh-like now. So if I click on this, it will be highlighting this as this kind of shape. So let's go and also start thinking back to render. So we can have a better idea on this. So you can do it currently. This box is now converted into a light. This box demonstrate us also flight rather than just an object, all the sides of this box will be highlighting a light like this. And you can also see that as we use the ties material, it is really shiny and reflective. So they showing some of the highlights over here. Now it doesn't matter what type of light it is. You also have the same option as we had in light. So I can, or the intensity of it. I can also change the color of this light. Red colored light and color light. And also i o the same parameters that I made earlier and same options like invisible light, no decay. So this all will be seen just the option debt here is that you can convert any shape or any object into a mesh light. So let's understand through one more example. Now this time I will direct this 1 first. And once you delete the mesh light from a Saturday turtle object will be back to the normal as it was n I will disseminates, create a tube-like. I will create a small circle here. I'll give it down, write it like this. Now after doing so, I would move it later, but inside, somewhere around here. Now, I'll open a site editor. And I will select this light and convert it into mesh light. After doing so, it will again have the same ordinates and lines around it as we saw in an earlier demonstration. And now I'll start thinking back to render. Let's set up a proper view first so we can have a better idea of what we're creating here. You can see that the light is being reflected all around this source objects. Now, currently we are in this plane and you can see that light-year. So entries, the intensity offered 250. And you can also create a copy of this. So if I select this and bring it around here. And I will create a few copies offered it that above the divide to add as method that we learned in previous lectures. So this is how the room will be highlighted. Now if I turn off the lights, say sunlight to 0, the whole area will be darkened out. You can see that I turned the sunlight to 0. So let's give it some value. Say tan or that's too bright, that should be 0.10. Okay, this looks fine now like evening scene. And I can change the intensity of lights according to my needs. I can also change the color of this, like this. So this is how you can convert any objects into a mesh light or any shape into a light. With help of this convert to mesh light too. This is how you can bring all things along and convert to your interior objects into a nice form of lights. So this was all about mesh light and we do not need to go through all these options here because they are quite same what we learned previously. So it stops intellect to render and detector mess lights. So I'll select all this optics and did it 10. Now let's move on to the HDRI in SketchUp. Before we move on to that, we have this dome light that enables us or allows us to activate or insert edge DRIs, we put remote that I would start thinking back to render. And I will also open the site editor. Now on the left-hand side you can see that we'll offer him read a frame buffer that is showing us the interactive render of our models. And I will keep the sunlight to 0, sorry, one, that was the before it, one. Now you can alter this sunlight before we learn about dominate, let's have a basic idea about sunlight in wheat. And you can see that this spirit is showing us the sunlight quotations. And through this, you can have this interactive render on and you can see that how it is activating and it has seen. So currently this room is having sunlight rays from over here and it is currently proportionally interconnected with SketchUp sun. So if I go to shadows here and if I turn on shadows, you can see this when we are dealing with the same and I can change the position of the sun and this being reflected over here. So this both are currently interconnected. So once you open this a set editor and if you enter this customer orientation, you can change the orientation of suddenly now seen that that won't be interconnected or interlocutors catch up son. If I can change the height of the son, if I go vertical, this will be below my Zen it points so it wouldn't be showing. You, move on to on this scale. And I can also change the direction of the sun in my scene. Once I turn off the stomach orientation, it will be back to default and interlocked with this ketchup sun. That is what we said all year. Now, coming further, if I want the parameters step, you have another option here, the same color so I can change the color and intensity of the sun. So I will let it be to the white because it looks good. And I can also change the color mode. If I say direct, it would be directly reflected and we'll give it a really cool look. That supposed to mean like winter mornings. I can select. All right, that will be mixture of wow, like warm colors and cool colors. I will let it be filter that auto reflex, whatever. So model you are working on and whatever type of environment you said to it. Now you can change the intensity at home around here. So i, so this, you let it be to one that would be too much and enough for any object. Also, you can filter this guy. So if I increase this guy multiplier, you just want P and a reflection deflected around here right now. So let's understand before that the sky try types of skies. I can change anyone as I desire, is all our different types of profiles. Once you see them, you will have a basic idea of what type of sky it works it found, I can now enter the turbidity of the sky, like the sun can be changed into size. You can see on the reflection on this spill that if I increase the turbidity, the size of the sun will be increased. That means it will be less cloudy. I suggest you do not alter with this options unless and until you require them to. Now we have a repeater. So basically you are seeing that there is some point where the ground is vanishing and is showing that this is a ground and there is some flourish. The title here as well. So this is nothing but this one. And I can change the color of this ground or veto from this gray to black or anything. If I decrease the blending, this will show me the basic straight line whether grounding sky mates. If I increase this blending to show me a blur angles, so keep it to 0. And I can also change the horizon offsets like this. I can decrease it. And I can also tap it back, keep it back to the report. So let it be 2D point. So this was all about sunlight. Now, the main thing here is that I will click on this dome light, right? And you can put them anywhere. It doesn't matter the position of the dome light. Once I keep it somewhere. Then if you now go to this option and see around, you will see that the sky disable your entities, etc. Showing us the sky, it is showing us the dark color. Now, why is that? So if I open the US editor back. I click on dominate settings and I will go to the dome light parameters and I will increase the intensity to 10. And we can see that the background has been changed to something else. And when you click on this color and texture and when you click on this option, you can alter the color you require for the sky. Now, I will change this into a SDI. So before you tend it into HDRI, always seed, select this, use transform. This will let you alter the HDRI after you place it. In order to place HDRI, what do you need to do this? You will need to go into this texture slot. Before you do that, just double-click on this select Bitmap. So now let's try to insert an HDRI. So in order to insert its DNA, you just double-click on dome light and click on this texture slot. Now you can place any type of SPIA. Oh yeah. And you can also change the rendering preview from this to rendering space, linear screen space, and customer gamma rays. So this you do not alter with tests option. And I will show you also the three sources from where you can download free edge DRIs. So once you go to the Chrome, you should opened up only happen. It has free HDR eyes on it. So you can download any of this HDRI. Sgi is something that it is a involvement image into 360 degree conversion means that it is a kind of image that is converted into 360 degrees. And you can also place it as an HDRI in any other softwares as well that supports it. You will have so many options around here and you can also download any of this into any type of resolution requires suppose if I click on it, I can change the resolution of this for my eraser. So this depends on your watch, HDRI you are trying to use and what kind of project you're working on. So let's get back to it. I already downloaded a few HDR eyes. So i o this HDRI is from waste people that is also a resource. You should check it out as well. I'll go to PNG and we'll just all the SVR is that we downloaded previously. So you can see that this is an image. If I zoom in, this will look parallel and this will look perfect. But as I zoom out, you can see that this is kinda desalting on this corner. So this is converted into a 360 met like circuit or a year. Now that circle over here. And these files are not compressed into SDI format. So once you insert them, this will select, this will become the environment for our SketchUp. So let's try inserting any off this one. So we will go with the third one. So flow from this will be HDRI image that we just viewed. Now let's insert text DRI. Once you click on this, select the File option. This will open your basic directory. You just have to go to the location and select HDRI and click Open. Once you do that, this will be previewed on the screen from this option unit to go to this environment and select the 3D. Once we've electron 3D, this will be viewed perfectly. Now you can invert this color manipulation. So I suggest you do not have any width, any of this color manipulation because this will change your moment due to something else. So if I select this inverted texture, this will be completely opposite of what we are expecting the result will be so I, so this you do not alter with this. And these are just basic image editing options. Once you go to the text replacement, right? The type V2 environment and mapping it to the spiracle. And you can also enter the placement of this. But let's first complete the basic intro SDIs. After blessing HDRI, you can see that my oh, model has some HDRI around it, but we are not able to see that currently because of the ground. In order to remove the ground, you're going to go to the Shape option and change the hemisphere to spear. Once you do that, that around will disappear. Now, I'm object will be placed in an HDRI. You can see that I can rotate it into old direction and that HDRI image that we saw earlier is currently placed into image. Now you might be wondering that this is really dark and it does not have much of the sunlight or which of the resolution that we require for VR wishing to have it. So let's save a blessing perfectly first. On a placement like this, it is seems fine. Now once you go there, you're going to filter the intensity offered. So I will change 15. This doesn't seem that variety it. So that's 25. Try. This looks perfect. I will try to 30. This looks better. So we just placed HDRI in our scene. Now, let's understand other options over here. If you do not use the US transform option, you won't be able to change test DRI settings. So if I go back here and I will close the centimeter for temporary, if I change this dome, that location. Like this. That won't be an effect currently because this isn't working. So indenting, poking out this HDRI, you can also see that the location of the texture placement on my tender is also being changed. If I rotate it, suppose like this, the whole placement of the texture will sort of clicked on my render. So in order to lock it, what you have to do is you just have to click on this one. And that is an option here, locked came at orientation. Once I lock it. And if I change the location or orientation of this, this won't change anything on my render. So I would unlock this and we continue to gain what was Saturday ten again. And we will change some settings for this HDRI. Now after placing the HDRI, you can go to the options that you can make it invisible. So I will write a predator, keep it visible because that sort why we are using the HDRI and all this other settings as him to light as we saw previously. Here, you can also go to the texture resolution for your SDI. So this will take a little bit more off of our currently for the surrender and take more time to see the interactive render, so I will keep it to default. That was 52, that is basic texture resolution. Now let's understand other option that we previously saw an insight that extra placement slot. So I will go back to this SBI section. We will go to the text of less men. Now you can rotate this textures according to your needs. Suppose I can rotate it into horizontal direction like this. In order to have this option and in order to manipulate this option, you need to have the option check that says use Transform. If you do not check this option, you won't be able to it at any orientation of this HDRI. So we'll go back there and I will again change some values. Similarly, I can also alter the vertical placement of this HDRI. And I can select flip vertically, so sky will be the downside and the ground would be upset. Similarly, I can also change in horizontal way. So I would prefer keeping this values to 0 because that's what it set to default myth. And uncheck this book. Now another option is that milk down. Once you've done on ground, you will have the same option that we did early on, but I suggest you do not do that. Or if you do that, you need to make make sure that the HDRI you have downloaded also as the ground option. Generally they won't contain any ground options, so you just have to place your model accordingly to the placement of your environment. Now we have other options, a 2D transform. So I wrote a test DRI in any location that we just saw previously. And I would also suggest you to do not alter with this fair use because that are set to default with regards to your SDI texture plasma. And we will wrap up this lecture here. This was all about the HDRI and how you can set up and manipulate an environment and your model that uses it. A realistic background look. Incoming tutorials. When we go through the examples, we would have a better understanding and ideas regards to the FCRA NHGRI placement. So I'm wrapping up this lecture overview. Thank you for watching. 37. V-Ray Fur: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about three to four. So we'd have fluid is basically a plug-in that is curated with feet eight cells. And it is generally used to stimulate the grass in render or textiles and fabrics with four. So the name itself is so there's that you can create a for loop with the help of Theta for. Before you move on to that, let's understand how to utilize it. Firstly, you need a single plane or any type of object. It should be Kodos plane, it doesn't matter, it has to be just 10 ingroup. So after creating this, I cannot use to either four. I need to first group this component, sorry, make group off this object. Now, the leader board is available in media optics. Tikkun, full vehicle looks like this. Now in order to activate this video for you, you have to first select the object. Once you select the object EquatIO that it is. And it will are eligible to be converted into a video for component. Now even if the component one be visible in the view port, but it will be directly visible in the render itself. So in order to create a video for and how the desired preserved, you will need to have a lot of error and trial procedures within interact to render. So in this case, I will create some grass on this one. So after selecting it, I would click on this video. And I do that, USE that it is having some outlines around it. And it will also the standoff component lines around this on our site. Now, I'll go to the Asset Editor and we will give it a look off grass. So select this and we will be going with this. So see that apply to selection. After doing that, you can see that V0 coordinated loss. Now we will be required to do retributive adjustment with texture. So go to Materials, click on Edit. Now we'll give it some desktop save unfit to select this. Okay, this looks fine. Now what we will be doing next is we will go to the geometric table. I was at editor. Here you can see that the freedom for his act to. Now, as soon as I click on interactive render, I'll select my basic configuration for interactive render dynamically can interact to render. Once I click on interactive render, you can see that there is some grass or originating from this place. Now this doesn't look much realistic, so we will do geometric. Hopefully console, open the participant for the full year in the Properties panel for we need to go through some important options here that we can configure. So let's go through them one by one. The first one is distribution. You can select body. So I was suggesting that you do it with portrays. It will be only having ten grass over to this face. So it is great to give it more realistic looks. Now you can increase the count of this for so like this, I can increase the amount of the grass that is currently stimulated on my render. And this will create a lot of load on your computer. So make sure you are using the high-end configuration PC because this may result in crushing of SketchUp. So I will count to 10. And you can always see him quarter density map if you require, but I suggest it does not require a sphere order deployed in a multi-colored texture on it. Now you're going to adjust the length of this graph like this. I connect just the length of this graph. If you were to horizontal angle, you can see that we have Steven protect the length of the cross. It can increase and decrease the land as per my desired length. Now next thing is thickness. So I can adjust the thickness of the grass as well. So you can add just the thickness of grass. Now, what is Stepper? When you see currently, there is this grass and it is being taken in the base and it goes teeny into top, so taper. It just the thickness and teamness over the top surface. So with the thickness, you can adjust the bottom part and width. We wouldn't give it to take thinness on the top of the class. So like this, you can artist the teamness as it acts on the top surface of the grass. Now you're gonna lose her just to gravity. This is a routine band off the grass. So if a good clarity to one, this one tower any clarity on the top surface of the class. So you can see that this has three single quotes. Now if I decrease the gravity, this would be bending slightly on the side. Now if I increase the band, this will also bind with teleport, this band option. So I will set this both to the default. It's looks fine. Now we have another option that is global skilling naughts. So if I increase the global scale, this will have a modal placement of grass as we subtracted per area. This will multiply the 10 width, 1.49, increase the global scale of class precedence. I will also let it be 21. Next is not. So if I increase the notes, you can see that it is showing that it is bending more and it is having more of the class over the set of phase 1 or 2. That's how we equip exerting in the opposite. So if I increase this notes, this we place on the upside. If I decrease the naughts, it will replace on the downside, there's anything it didn't the bottom part of the face. So I'm gonna take me to seven or six step was 34. Now the other option that we do not have required to go through because they are this. Humans have miscellaneous and does not help in any realistic options. But there are other option that we must go through. If I click on this level of detail. So in level of detail, if I turn on the level of detail and if my set my view around from this edge and I will click on this one. You can see that glass on the front page of gras status currently camera has focused on maybe rendered first class will be rendered later. On this interactive window, you can see that the grass over here is rendered accurately with cohort details where if P is the focus moves forward, you can see that the ADA is a little bit of flourish or diminished should this is going to render the further area that is mainly focused with the camera mode first and then later. So it is going to render the area that is covered in front of focus of camera first, 10 other vasculitis rendered later. So this was sort of about trust and fought in 3D. So this wasn't about VTE effort in SketchUp and 3D. Now let's go with a small example of using the inaction projects. So it will delete the extra components. And so we did it this four as well as extra detail. Low-stress had editor, and now we'll be creating a small example. So I've already downloaded a texture, or you can say fabric from the Internet. So you can also download any type of fabric material and we will try to create a small carpet. So I will put the rectangle and draw a small rectangle over here. This looks fine. Create a group. Edit group. I'll go to materials, and I will create a new material. Click on Default, Edit material. And I will use the texture image that I downloaded previously. I can give it a name. I'll click. Okay, Let's go here. Now you have just the scale for this. This is, seems fine. So we created a carpet texture over here. Now we will be trying to give it a realistic FOR loop pathetic off. We refer, as you can see, that contains different type of H0 San, different type of Cretans or around this surface. So we'd have 1 will be grasping those colors and materials from that surface itself. So I will select this group and click on a photo that will set editor. Go to a mercury. We call interactive render to start the rendering. Now in this, I will show you some quick settings to give it to your original carpet loop. Before we do that, firstly, I will decrease the length to say too. So it's fine. Now I will decrease the thickness as well. 0.5.11, decrease, increase the tapper. I will also decrease the priority to say 0.3. Let's go to the side and have it loop. Okay? Zooming around here. Now, poker Luke, I will decrease the clarity. Okay, this seems fine. Decrease the pen tool as well. Now I will decrease the thickness of the 2.5 and in this case of count I will make it 200 and press Enter. So you make sure you are using AI in configuration PC because this might result in crash of SketchUp. This currently visible as expected and will decrease a little bit off land. And I will decrease the columns, say 150 to see how does this look. Now in order to have a proper view of this taper to one. I will again decrease the thickness to point to it. This looks fine. And I will decrease the length to one. So let's view how this looks. I'll stop the interactive render and create some way just meant for the render. So create a rectangular light on the surface of this rectangle itself. Now click on this lipid on the edge. So let's have 2x's little bit outputs. I'll go to the Asset Editor. So I will decrease this sunlight to say 0.1. And I will try to interact to render increase the intensity of light to one. Let's check out how this, this looks. And her just to sunlight as well, point phi and the firm. It's all seems fine. I will go to rectangular light and make it invisible. This looks better. Stopped indirect to render. And I will add just you first, and we will create a render of this. So we can see how does this actually looks. Go to a Saturday to select Settings and we turn on safe for him to have ID of stuff area that will be rendered. Select RTX is my render medium, x2 very often. And I will render this. And we'll change this green scale to 1 000 pixels. And I will attend to it a few seconds to render this image. So one surrender shall look like this. When I zoom in, you can see that it is really looking realistic as a carpet or this area. This edges might have some of the ordinary and stick Luke parties debt can be fixed by adjusting the parameters of this waiter for settings. So this is how you can use the video. I will wrap up this lecture over a year. This was all about PDF lot in SketchUp. Thank you for watching. 38. V-Ray Proxies: Welcome back to this tutorial. Now in district, we are going to understand about proxies in vD. So what does the proxy means? Suppose if you are working on some project and the project is really heavy and contains lots of materials and components and objects. It might be difficult to render it without having SketchUp to crash because lattice file sex or race occupy more space and creates more load on your computer. So it is perfect or it is good to use proxies tenderly. Proximal export your model components, our objects into a mesh, into another directory. And when you render it, it will only use theta at that time. So this will create a less load on your computer and also reduce the file size you are working on. So tenderly to demonstrate, foot away you go and do that. Let's understand about some size n polygons. So I will go to the White House. Now, no matter whichever model I will open, suppose if I were to open this model, it doesn't matter which model I choose. Suppose I opened this module to download. You can see that it shows us the polygon count and file size. So 19 MB Friday sizes generally bit off. You can say the intermediate file size is easy too. Does it sketch up and simultaneously on contributing? Say you can say an intermediate level of computer. But if you're using a low-end computer or low and with mortals, you, it might be difficult to handle this without materials because you can see that it does not contain any materials as well. It is around two polygons, so it is quite too much. And in your model, if I am drawing some lines and objects like this. So to see how many polygons currently exist in our drawing, you can go to the Windows. Once you go to the Windows, you can go to the modelling fall when you click on mortality statistics. And you can see that it shows column. So currently my model that is 22 edges. So this will show you what type of columns in your model. So if you are, if you suppose if I delete this one for now. So now let's understand another thing about her house. And I would download any mortar. So I downloaded this table and place it over here. Now if I go to Windows and work with the modelling flow, you will know that we will have around one hundred, ten hundred of edges phase components. And we also component definition 26. So generally this is what SketchUp is saying that the My Immortal is good at getting the heavier it is occupying more space. It doesn't matter it because it is a really small component causes for the preview I'm showing you this. So if I did it, the polygons of the edges and faces will be reduced to water. It is currently sitting in a mortar. If I did a discipline table, three down to 0. But you can notice here that component definitions D1 is six. So your sketches will contain those fibers attempts by the end, what we detect from SketchUp, in order to reduce the file size of SketchUp, you just have to click on purchase and use. When I do that, you will notice that the Sikhs turned to 0 means that the older temp files that were previous day to day trade and also read the text from the implosion of this quite so 286, how you're going to reduce the size. Now getting back to the main thing, next important objective now previously designed, what are the important? And L2 is my object, that is bed. So once I place the spread in my drawing, now I replace this mortar to file size of this bed is around six MB. So let's check it out and see that the bed size is around zombies, that is five hundred, ten hundred and eight hundred KB. So that is around six and B. You can say that. So if I select this model and create interactive render, it all contains, it does contain all the materials, all we'll now go to Settings, select my RTX, and I will create an interactive render. So i o indirect to render of this bag. Now, if I'm creating the peak senior and my model has so many components similar to this. And the size of my schedule pilots likely to be extended to a lot of MDs. And this will create my workflow to be very slow. Create some snobbish workflow and sketch up might end up crashing while rendering or hang as well. So in order to reduce all this problems, we encounter the using of proxies. So I will select this one. Once you select this one, you will be able to create it or export it as a proxy. Now in order to export any component and object as a proxy, it has to be a component or a group. We studied about difference between component a group and normal plane objects in scatter. So you need to group it or create a component in order to export it as a proxy. So the proxy tool is available in Vietnam objects. If you does not have this tab, you can go to the task. But anyway and select right-click and And it will already said, Well, this video objects option, the first two-year, you'll see that the second, third 1, sorry, other useful proxies. So I will select this bed, and I will click on this first one that says Export proxy. So once I select on this one, this will ask me what type of proxy I'm exporting and we will have this type of options over here. Similarly, I will suggest you that you do not interfere with any of this deport option because they had a setup as lightly as you can reduce the file size. So this would ask us to record location. I will make the default location to be the same, and I will name it as bag and proxy. Click on Save. This will save my location. Now next thing here is we help give you type three type of previews viewer to understand about it when I export it. But before that, I would always suggest you do keep it to refine clustering, face keeping. And we also other option that is more text clustering, but always keeping to refine clustering, this will reduce the file size and you will have a smooth of a global actor exporting this as a proxy. Next thing is overnight existing files. You would let it be detected. And you can also replace the object with the proxy means disorder definitely represses write out as a proxy. So that could be to that as well. Now click on export. This will export this model as a proxy and proxy material as well. After doing so, you can see that the difference between now this does not look like it is being exported as anymore. So what I would do is I will again in that sternal end date. And you can see that the spread of showing this object as a normal object, it is still in getting it and stopped interact today. And I can delete this. So if we head on to that option, That's Control Z. So if we add onto that afforded, you can see that another option here is greater to saying that bed proxy PER mesh. Now this file says contains ten m is greater than this one. Now, what we were doing this movie saving right next to this directory as the CEO WAR measure. So click on this, right-click on it. And I use the option that says Save As. Then you click on Save as you can save it as the same name. And I will click on Save. So this will be saved as a bad proxy or where croc, CBR, my studies the fight offered. So after converting into a VR mesh, you can absorb, it says is gradually decreased. Now it is only 1.43 MPs. Statistics vary less than compared to 5.69 and B. So it doesn't matter now if I use this modelling other objects or another projects as well. So if I deleted, it doesn't matter. Now, let's create a new file. So in order to show you that it does not contain any on temp file expert on this model. But we can know without saving it and we'll want a new fad that is declared. Now, let's import tab. I will go to the File. Click on important. And this time we will import the bed proxy that we create act that is only 1 for MD's. So click Import. And other places around here. Now you can see that the size is being reduced. I will go to status and turn off the profiles at 12, smooth workflow and turn off today she says, well, now if I tried to drink directly to indirect to render, you're going to sit still being rendered as an original bag. These contain this reduced to files has for my mortar. And to maintain is that this model is very light in size. Now this component is only 1.4 MB word steel. It is acting as we told, the sets of components and parameters set for this six MB sized file. So this is how you can use the proxy in big projects. This will be quite cool. And this would also reduce all the crashing and editors in merging in this sketch of workflow. Now, I guarantee you is that if I create a render affair to this form. And so clear trend does along other side, neck this saying that this has a multiple components. So if I render it all of them together, this will be very quick. You can see that on the screen like this. Now if I guarantee you if you do eat with the original batch size, this will be very slow and this will contain so much time and occupy your frame as well. So this is really smooth. And now you can see that I'm getting all these components that are very heavy and data set to the realistic parameters of materials. And still it is very fast. So this is how you can utilize the proxy pool in SketchUp. Now another thing about this is that you can also edit the parameters for a proxy from the sector Newton. Now, if I will put it on Saturday. And you can see that on the telemetric section we have this bad proxy. I can enable this. Now let's understand other objects and other pedometers, all of you. Now in the bank galaxy, you can see that it is showing us data that doesn't geometric object. We know this. We have a limited deals and other option did occupied and other parameters set quotas bag. So I suggest you do not alter with anything because it's at the location set for this materials. Otherwise you would end up having this might not be occupying those particularly in the final render. So another thing you can edit the year is proximity view. Now you can have whole mesh. You can see that it's showing some edit all yeah, that's selecting this option to split. I mentioned the viewport. If you selected as a whole mesh. And this will create some time. And you can see that this is showing us as exit maturity was ended is very slow compared to what I was using previously before, are getting this options. Now next one is bounding box. So I contingent two bounding box, and this will be updated on the screen. So if you select this type of different views for your different boxes, this will occupy less workflow. This will help you have a better workflow. So you can keep it to public safety view. Tech would be fine. And if you keep it to other option that contains less polygon on the screen, this would be they've crossed. So ten isn't all particular cutting mortis would only I would point s2 origin and the edges on coordinates. So if I pulled her to custom preview, now I can do that. I said exploiting option. I show you that three options. So I suggest to you is if you pick two refined clustering as well. In this I will keep it could proxy preview. You can keep it to any other way if you desire. And then I suggest you do not keep it to the whole mesh because this will again contain the same amount of load on your computer when you are using SketchUp. So this was one about using proxies and sketch up as we wrap up this lecture here. Thank you for watching. 39. V-Ray Utilities: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about visa utilities. So we have another dedicated banners for utilities. You did it instead with her with demotic replacement and totaling some vertex of the day. So just put the startup, let's create some components here. Pretty much practice examples. I'll create a glucose, this will create a copy of this as well. Now we'll do group soil. Suppose, let this one, and I click on this, you'll see deck the hill, all the components eligible to be activated on this walls when a select an anti-electron, we do not have an option to delay between discrete types of utilities. Now, let's start by creating a spare light. So now you can see that i o spear like on my screen as well. Now we have two options or your interview. You said, if you do not hold this view, you can enable it by clicking anywhere on the task and checking the utilities, so forth. 20-year is that it is ago hannibal is a solid return. So if I click on this, this spirit will be converted into a mesh object, whether this rectangle likely to be converted into a single landmass. So this really ensures that rather than just single out lens off the lights or any dividend type of optics, or it will turn them into a solid mesh. Now one of the option here is I do it here. So when I click on this, it will hide told them no magnetic field going onto solid mutation or not. So this is how this works. We takes well, now coming to the next thing, decidable didn't check with them before. Let's learn about screening detection tools. So when I click on this, and if I click on this light, you can see that it is displaying the intensity of light and small informations about it. And you can also click hold and drag it upwards. It will increase the intensity. If I drag it downwards, it will decrease the intensity. We tell it both this tool see any connection to you can do this basic placement of lights and their properties. I'm so excited and I bought this. Now, I will open the Asset Editor. And it will start with activity utilities. And we're going to take sides, typically just go to the materials and we lose our material placement on this book was less one. Oh yeah. Now when I click on this and if I activate this first one that is removed materials, we're doing what he does for many optical surface. So in terms of debt, we do not require that unless an activity just want to remove. The second option we have here, this trip planner quotation. And third one is also diagram. You can see that the material on this one, smallest takes on this icon is very close. So this is about void and this is about fit. So let's understand that when I click on this and epically contract nano protection, avoid this one, make any changes to it. If I click on this, go to materials, go to Edit and increase the five trips. So this seems accurate to us now because of demotic replacement. Now if I click on this object and select the option, it will create accurate feet off this material on the plane. So you can see on the sites this has been disorder. But on the backend plan plan, it is very acute. In fact, callback to click on this food, make it to our top check. So like this, you can just add just the simple, basic material placement of this object. So if I click on a lean toward option, ascribe this to create some disorder on the side. So I face would be a good act. On other side it be seen. Similarly, you can do with this port two objects. I will try to do that. It does another one I would try to avoid option. So let's try to do our intellect to render of this board and compare the difference. So you can see that on one object that we use to feed two option, it is very good at total one way we use the word option, it is kind of the sorted. So this was all about. And I planted quotation placement off your credit is coming flood of Yamada to option that is for protection and that is worse, pure fluid rotation. This works exactly similar to what we just saw here. We'll create a spear theater group of this, and I will also create a copy. Now let's do material to this. I will use the symbolic material to both disappears. Now you can see that to this not acute identity is very disordered on this one. So the intellect to rank them. And you will be able to see that this is very disorder and executer dies but the placement. So I will select the first one and use the weed protection to let us close spear. So when they go to the utilities of objects and select this particular projection of fold. This will give me, take you to it. Look what does this still be sorted? And this is kinda, you can say that it is being sorted in horizontal direction of the spear plus back on the second one, we will try to use the second one that is four feet protection. So when I click on this, this will also create similar proportional to a sphere. Let's make this worthwhile, almost similar. But on the second plane you can see that the quality is much more. Maintainer is giving some of you considered a bumps over this one. It is just showing us that it is on spear option. So looking closely, you are comparing this both the Internet student does closely. We can get idea of how rotoscoping see that the shape is disordered as well as the pumps are visible on this one. It is not much accurate and UNC this looks pretty fake. I don't Dom's off this. This is showing us something that looks over here. So this was all about optics. So I suggest you to use to feed two options on what DO critical projection and projection unless and until you have any specific for their needs. So I'll wrap up this lecture here. Thank you for watching. 40. V-Ray Vision, Light Gen and Frame Buffer: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to learn about some advanced feature writer to rendering of this mortal. So I owed his motto created on my sketch up and I Rhetoric sounds pair light and basic materials surrounding it. I also wanted to dominate and attached NHGRI to it. So you go to the Asset Editor, you can see that I have three lights before it available. Sunlight speculated eroded inside this modal and the dome led today or touched with an HDRI to this model. So if we go to the settings, we can create an interactive render of this. So let's get started with that. So in a wonder, if this would have started. Now in this video, few other options. Let's understand one bone by them. So let's click around here. Okay, so see, this view looks perfect to me. So prospect to Loftus. And we will trend that this one. So if I stop to interact, to render and this WIIFM the hood. Now I'll use this option to clear the image on the neighborhood. And we shall look at the options that are available here. I've written all the interactive render and I will increase the quality to medium via one of the option, the height, keep it on CPU. And if I use the appropriate surrender, did I pick low-quality so it won't take too long to render it in CPU. But keeping off the interactive render the scene. So yes, it is. Now you can see that it was rendered directly. So if I turn on, turn off the progressive render, it will be rendered with telecom bucket render. If I go to DirectX for CPU, it doesn't matter. If diode turns off the progress you render, it will render it into bucket render. So clear image of him. And I would start rendering. Once I do that, it will have some bogus. You can set any of that. You can see that this boxes that are currently going on around him, it is the total number of available in your CPU. So do it enter this mortar according to your CPU configuration. And it will render it according to who can say region by region or this portal. So if I don't know, cobra sued under and rendering this one total is Bogota lining around the end of this image into a still image, keeping main focus around this object. Now, feel another option yet used this photo mouse button. If I keep my mouse around here. So let's render a friend or even stopped render. I make sure that the photomask put on his own from the frame buffer note on auto coconut to render so we can see that it is working and start to render. Now you can notice that whenever I keep, wherever I will keep my mouse, the render will be rendered cost. This would render the accretion course. Thank you for it. And Andrea would enter the region cost. So like this, you can have any priority render rendering surface on your model. Like this, you can use to bucket render, render and the follow my mouse put an interrupt handling. Suppose if I hurt us some videos and we will do the Stormlight, some sunlight radius, I will do it 2.5 video of the sunlight. I will go to settings and then another option, query chin render. So when I select region render, now if I open the yellow region render, so we reach and render, I can render specific area only. So this is only going to be angered nominally proteins position on this model. Only this area will be objected and rendered in this image. Select this. You can also use the region render to see some part of your renders are being working or not. So this is how you can use 30 gender. And if I select only this region or this part in this frame buffer, only that part will be updated with rendering. Like disagree more surface around here. Only that part will be updated. If I donald region render, this will automatically it ended whole image, a whole more than this interactive render. So this is helpful when you are just using your creditor matter to get to determine the accuracy of your render or some part of your render. So this was some basic about rendering with Asset Editor and types of renderings. Now we can authenticate to render and we will look around the new feature, availability with PDF file. So we're going to use the heavy division feature that was introduced with the update of media pies. So make sure you are using and let us update or feeder high because this wasn't available in previous versions. So ED50 has this kind of icon. It is saying that region, and I click on this slope on hold. And it will have a realistic goal to around our model. It may take few seconds to load the model because it is currently entering it. So this will create a render Ohio model. And with the basic accuracy, we can also move around and see around our model. With right-clicking. You can zoom in and zoom out in your model. And we collect clicking. You can just call it around or pen around an orbit around in your model. You can also use this button to zoom in and zoom out like this. If we use the play mode, if I click on this option and click again this group, this is kept on irrigation water. Now I can go with that. Pressing the button, able to ask button and w, We're done. I can navigate around this forward, backward side and right side with using cube. And I can go put them and using the EBIT and I can look up klutz. I can also change the view with Telco mouse button. I can zoom in and zoom out as well. So this is fly mode. So in this model we can just hold it at all and like this and look around like this. Now, next option here we have, as you can get information about this model, you can tend to resolution of this window that is set to basically whose screen already. So the navigation option B, another option here that says Set store commuting exploiters for our model typically conduct and automatically set down the automatic exposure to kick off. This will have low values that we entered into other predictor. Next option here, we have this settings. So when I go to Settings, I can enable the proxy logs. So I suggest you let this option to be to deploy to help veterans performance and to have better accuracy. All of this rendering 3D vision. They can also turn on daughter exposure from McDonald's and I more than other option and crypto the settings of this options as well. So liquid P2, the photo and next option here you're saving this. So I can edit the soil, imagine. So I can do like with this basic option of saturation, temperature, tint contrast, and exposure that can also produce a report. And I can also say with this specific settings, the other two options here that is severed and AC. Ac is called that really using currently. You can see with this image if you desire, like if I want to render this point of sale disseminated surrender of this quantity, I can just say were excluded from this I0 to set the path have those are the image coordinate. And if I wouldnt, I can also create a petal mom, but this one being a good quality. So I suggest if you only desire to have some showcase or just basic layout, you will feel render, you can use this. So this was sort of all the division. This was, again, I'm mentioning that it was introduced only after the video by a plague. So make sure you are using the latest version. Now getting back to Mexico here, we have another option here is we'll quadrangular. So currently in this model, I owe this view. Sec has my desire to be an interview I've done on the interactive render. And with this optional interactive render view port, I can render directly without opening up rainbow. So if I click on this, this metic few seconds to render, but to start reinventing itself. This will start rendering interactive render in this model itself. So if I view it, I can see that this is more likely revision, but it will be a interactive render, quite whether it be compared to Jacqueline. Select this you can render directly in your viewport. Next option here I have reach and render. It is similar to what we saw in FEM buffer. And select this and it will create a region only debt regional model will be finger like this. So there's a lot of outreach and render. And put render. We order these overall frame buffer basics. Now let's move on to the light current data. I only have one option. In lights. There is some late and dome light and specular light sack manually. Again, I'm mentioning that this proposal was one auto feature that was introduced with the aversion or media file. So make sure you have enough detect with that. The light feature is available in this light panel. So if I click on like, this will open a new panel and this may take few seconds to load it. So here we go to option exterior and interior. Currently we are on exceeded part of our modern. So select exterior. You can also have SDL as your light source or sun and sky as your light source. When the leader has some fuel report SDR. So that will be utilized photo that you will get the sun and sky attack would be more suitable. Now you can have altitude variations and as immigration, these are the horizontal and vertical. So you can alter this values as per your desired and many of the enthalpy or render and omega recreated. So if I put her to say 10, we're going to do that here is just showing the 227. So this metric some time, so I'm just keeping it to the port of three. And this one will give light, this, whatever it is unclear, some basic rendering, photos. So this video will be forced to have some more idea about it. And I will create a 100 million. And it would do that. This will set some Sunlight's and other variance for this different angles from my model. And this may take few seconds. You can start displacing this different detections. Once done, what I can do is double-click on this, and this will be added to my mortar that's editor. On clicking any one of these, this would be added to my editor. Now let's trade ended in turn on, turn off the dome light from here clearly interact to render. You can see that we doubled that sun setting that we saw in the light chain is being rendered, but are not this rendering leg. This would help them basically, only in this table is done the value of the sunlight wanted IOPS detect 200. Never done on my dome-like. So this was how it was being tendered previously. You may see that there is some dark part rather than the ground. But it was because of the light tended geared at some default settings for itself. So what are the sunlight? And I did use the blending 200 on doing so it will be back to the normal radicals. So if you face this table credit after using the light and make sure you go to the sunlight and reduce the blending of value. So this was all about lead tenets. Now in this frame buffer, maximize it. You will have the option, we'll read Ephrem poor settings if you've owned to that. And you can also turn on the history. So make sure you were unable to excrete. This will show you all the history of rendering and you can also compare your P, the strangers. We can go to Render View and a resolution, discrete layers, shortcuts, I suggest you that you don't alter with any obvious option and let the shortcuts be a dad who contingent if you wish, but you just let it be. And I would click Close, make sure you turn on the history. Now when you click on this left side option, double-click corner pastry of the renders will be available. On right side, we would have another option to have some post-production radius for this also. So here we have a different type of players similar to Photoshop. If you deal with that real quick on to that later. For listeners tend to report in history and have different types of render that are created previously. These are all saved as a template. You remember what all this renders with Kendrick previous tutorials. If I double-click on this, just rubbing it on my screen. Also, I can compare it to any, any of the two renders, the type of AB value. So if I go into that next to this history optionally, I can sell to a street. I wonder so this render to history, I can manually or automatically be saved on closing the program. If I click on this AB value, this would let me choose you and be video after Enter. Now, you can see that there are some of the fine line appeared on between all these models. And there are two different printers on both the sides like this. And then compare the rendering. This both rendering with different perspectives. So this was not about AB, very well rendering in PDF. Remember for now you can save this all current channel. You can lord image, video previously rendered, forgotten all this. Here we another option that is Lord to VFB. So if I click on this, this would be loaded to the corner, and I click this, this will be loaded on this video frame buffer. Now we can, I can also needed some more images from this history is. So I won't do that because I don't know. Here we have option to save this image as a vendor who can clearly medical and this option, and I can even load it back. As we already saw about this photo mouse button and reach and render. And these are all the option to start, pause, and stop or ended. So this was sort of OK. So now we will be learning some more about this media. In order to do that, I will go to this indeed a project to tell, been working on previously. Therapeutic this India potato created few things on this as well. So we'll go to this first view. I will do. Now she would remember that we have some layers option here that is rendered elements. I have turned on the light makes A0. So turned out this different videos. Cool in post-production office in Photoshop doesn't require much of the ancient because they're not important. I would like to click on it. And I've turned on the light mix option for you. So this will turn on the light mix now or does lack mixed marriage. To understand it, I would go to settings and updated longer and therefore this value to make him also turn on the denoising and I will keep con NVDA. And I would enter this region has seen one. This is where we take few seconds to enter that whole scene on this video. But I excite corner that is a shorter name click on this. This will open this way, showing me that what progress or what currently is going on the surrender. This is not much important, so you can let it be who do not wish to close it. This way, take few seconds to render this whole region. I can also use the photo me mouse button to render any H in post. But I let this be done automatically. So great for this. So a mature look like this after completing rendering. Now, as we discussed previously about the Copart is I will open the properties on that. I didn't cite authors kombucha that maximize this. Now we have to go party is over here for this model. Currently we add it to light source you, if you remember, they're created collect source. What is properties? V0, few other parameters similar to the Photoshop as we discussed, a character, these are the different values of exposure. They can get lens effect. And I can or debit this option. Another option from this option and can also occur with 30 noise. So I can include them denoise or tactile created on this parameter or that is being rendered. Now we have an option here to say later source of light that is lighter mix. As we integrate that, I like to mix on the layer's properties inverse. U test the source of that light mix. If you deposit the RGB warned how desirable radius quarter of a tube it has this basic render render set to that TB. You can also compose it from the layers panel, but that's not much useful. In terms of this light mix. I can turn on and turn off any Autolite currently on this render. So suppose let's see, there's some back and does renters American auto sunlight the sunlight from the center of it? We've done it all. You can see that like this, you can turn on and turn off any light on this render. I can also record the videos of this neck. This is really helpful after you being rendered. This will help you in altering the light sources and different types of lights in your render. I can turn off any of the rectangular light can turn off. This slide says, Well, I don't know. A lactate is set for this leaving group. So if that was set for the Standing group, you can see that the dining room lightest turned off. But I'm this on this would be turned on and you won't have to create any different renders for each of this. But I'm going to take your time with this, how you can use different profiles from the agitator made. This much full one is delighted mix option because this option you can either go to pony up the slide and their parameter values. So this was what about some basic advanced features that have been used with typo? This video frame buffer and asset editors co-creative in bucket render. So I'm wrapping up this lecture here. Come next section. We're going to go around with some examples. So make sure you pay attention to them because also be discussing some of the other parameters that we can use from layers. So thank you for watching. 41. Example : Getting ready: Hello and welcome back. In this section, of course, we are going to create an example of an exterior house. So I have opened my autocorrect plan on the screen in AutoCad. As you can see that I owe this two-story plan often house and we're going to create it into a model in SketchUp. Later, we will add some materials to it and create realistic render of it. So for the basics, you need to do some changes and alterations in AutoCad. Glad I already done here. I just tell kept the walls and dimensions for the same. I o deleted all the extra components and objects or any of the, you can say blocks that you have used autocad. So suppose you can see that I also have these lines that are denoting that there are some windows and other objects over here. So I will delete this. You just have to update all these flies that are extra and that do not comply with the wall software. You just need a bold plan with Windows and ventilation and placement or locations like this to create it into a 3D model in SketchUp. So once done, you could test her to save this file and we can move on to the SketchUp. So as I have done some of the changes already, I'll save this file as a DWG or just you just have to save it normally as you would from the auto-grade. So we, we'll head on to the SketchUp and we will start with a basic template. So I always started with a simple interest template on the SketchUp screen. Now we will first don't off the profiles as we regularly do to have a smooth workflow. Now in this case, first we will import the plant over here, and we will start with the basics to import any plan as we learned in the tutorials, we just have to go to the File, click on Import. And you can import any of the flyers creating or having touched off the extinctions as listed over here. Now, I will open this house plan and click on Import. After importing, it will show me some of the entities, results and some of the data of this plant. So click Close. Now i o, on purpose created in it in a small-scale into AutoCad. So if you face any of this type of errors, while you can see that this is the general height of a human by compared to that, the scale of this plan is way too small for the SketchUp, so we cannot create it into a 3D in this game. So I created this into scale, this plan into small size on purpose to show you how you can encounter this error. To do that, what we need to do is we need to take any of the reference off any of one of these measurements. So first let's move on to here. Now any imported plan in SketchUp will be converted into him like group itself. So if I click on this, the whole plan will be selected. Now after importing, you cannot scale this plan into any of the format. So do that first unit to exploit it. Now after exploiting this older plan will be converted into a single polylines. So when I click on this line, this will be an individual life. When if I click on this window, this whole line will be single individual lines. So this time we are going to first scale it, and then we will move on to the modeling part. I will delete this border lines that we do not require. Okay, now we know this lands itself. So let's get started. I will delete these lines as well. We will only require wall plan or the floor plan of this. I know that the second floor to floor plan will be only comprising of this type of slab below here. I will also do not require this plan as well. So I will group these both first. Make sure you do not make any alteration to the scale or size of this plan before we scale it to the perfect size. So we'll head on to the AutoCad plan and we will take any reference from any of one of the measurements. So basically let's take a measurement from this drawing room. Now, you can see that this point, although the distance between these two was this 12-foot. So what we'll be doing in the SketchUp is that we will scale these square foot plant in the drawing room. So this will automatically adjust the whole size of the plan. So let's get back to SketchUp. Now we know that the distance between this point to this point will be 12 bits. If we see in this arc length box over here, it is hardly six inches or pi and a half inches. So let's alter with that. I will go to the Type tool. So once you activate the tape measure tool, you can select the first, and we will select the second. Now you can see that it has created an aid applicants line before you click anywhere or before you exit the command uterus out to enter the specific amount of line that you wish to give it. So I will try to give it and press Enter. On doing so. This will ask me if I want to resize the modal and I am sure I can just click on yes. On doing so. Gave the plan to the 25th. And now let's try measuring it again. I will delete this reference line and I will just use my scale or you can tap into to measure. Now, this is accurately showing that now this is great. So any measurement of other parts will be the same as when required. So if we check out, this should be 2.5 feet. So let's see in this plan. So if I draw a line from this point to this point, this is exit least showing that it is to quit and fine teas or six inches that is accurate, displayed in this plan to fit five inches. So as for now, we'll import it up land successfully be the true scale and V0 related all the extra components from this plant. Now what we have here is door locations, window location, ventilation location, and the floor plan. So before we start with anything else, we will first create a copy of this. So make sure you always create a copy of a plan after you have done the final placement and importing and scanning of the plant. Because if you by mistake make any alteration to this plant actually you will always have a copy of it to get other reference from. Otherwise you will need to do redo this whole procedure again. So this is about this lecture. From next lecture, we will mourn by creating was. Thank you for watching. Hello. 42. Example : Creating Walls: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial. Now we're going to get started by creating walls. I will show you some alternative methods for creating walls as well. But before we start with that, Let's understand upland forest. So here I have imported the plan as we saw in previous tutorial. So always have a copy of plant opened in a PDF format or your autocrat. In this case, i o, exported my planning to PDF from AutoCad and opened it for the references. Now this plan is pretty simple. I just talked to create this voice first. And you can see that that is a two steps, means it is a boda, a parking area, and that will be ground level. The plinth level is older than our parking area. So after creating wars, we will also need to give it a base. So we will also do that. Next thing here is that we will create a balls up to creating walls. We will move on to creating the voice for the second group. So this is pretty same, right? This plan is almost same in what the sides, while in the case of store here we have a toilet and it also create, may also need to create two words. Over here are two segments of walls. If we have a look around on the living area of the first-level comparing to this ground floor. Here we have lobby and kitchen, while in this case, it is directly attached to her living room so we can make some alteration towards later. So in this case, we will just get started with creating the wars. Now, we're moving back to the sketch up. Here is our plan. Now data generally, few methods to create was everybody has their own methods for stably show you one general method that people generally use. This is currently in a group, so I do not create any lines and get mixed up with the plant. So always keep this in a group and use it as a reference rather than exploiting it. If I explored it and draw some lines, this will automatically get attached with this plan like this. And this will create to adders wave moving forward on this plan or delete tag. And we will also group it back into a group of entities. Now this whole plan is in entity and we will use this as a reference. Generally people use this method to create, avoid. Firstly, what they do is they will select Rectangle and create a squared my living older space for door and windows. So I will just show you one simple example here. Now, to tendril height off a wall or slab. Height is up to ten page, so I will give it to ten feet height. After giving it 10 feet height. Now we will create a lintel level and slam level. Fourth is and we will fill in the space. But this is a general method that people use. I will select this boat top lines and I will give Linton area to be three-foot of ICT. So I will use repeats. Again. We will create right for the window that would be, say, every press Control key to cooperate and give four flips for the Windows. After doing so, this is what we will be appearing on our screen. So if you measure the distances, this is three feet, this is four feet, and this is 3 as well. After doing that, will be required to create a closing for this both the cases. So I will close it with the press pool to like this. I'm using my shortcuts to make my workflow faster. So you can also have your shortcut keys, as we discussed in earlier lectures, you can go to the window, you can go to preferences, and you can keep your shortcuts to your modification as you require. I will also attach my shortcut keys and do all imported file so you can import them into your SketchUp Ezra. Now in this case, we will need to relate this extra line. So we'll use the erase tool and maybe delete this extra lines. So you observe that this disc can get little messier and this may require more time to create or complete wall segments and door openings and window openings. Okay. So I do not prefer using this method. I owe my own different matter that I personally use. So I will show you that post what you need to do is you just need to create complete wall plant voters rather than avoiding to close this window, I will just create a wall on it. Now we'll draw my moles everywhere. Anyway that you can see on gland. That is, I will create a my wall over here. So firstly, I will join us up to this corner, and from this corner around this end of this room, I will keep on doing that until all the words on this planet. You just have to follow this simple method and it will speed up your workflow as well. Don't worry about this opening of doors and windows will easily do that in next portion, post will be creating the wild plants. So this cross demonstrate that there is an opening here, so we'll leave it as it could be. Will not create any closing or anything for that. You can join all these doors as well. Because that doesn't mean anything and don't worry about disclosing or an opening plans. We're also lookahead and it's solos errors as well. Now here we are almost done with this. So let's check if that isn't part missing or not. No, we created wall plants for the everywhere. So I will delete this extra plants. Like this. Now what we will be doing is I will first hide this plan with pressing my shortcut key that is at now. Now, oh, could you get this boy plan? I can easily you can say that you're using the press pool to like an easily give it or converted into actual walls. So when I do that, this won't let me create a complete group set. So I will need to read it the smallest segment of lines to convert it into a complete voice actor. So use latest tool and I, we did it all this line. Compared to the previous method I showed you this view consume less time and is going to be really easy. And it will show you any Adamson. Now I can create it and give it a height of dendrites. On doing so. Now, I will double-click this and convert this whole segment make group. So why this is convenient compared to their plan. So in this case, we have oldie was converted into a single group set. So if you consider the further application of this model into practical analysis, I don't have to give more detail to each set of oil in the industry. I can just go create a material and give it to, into any faces of this wall and this will be applied or throughout this water, right? In case of the previous mattered, I will need to first do a Create wall segments for each part of it. I will need to give openings for windows and doors for each segment of the wall. And then I will need to create a group of them and then I can apply the material and in-depth case that might be exerting an additive because they'll, material won't be a play applicable on the older phrases. But if you compare this method that I use in this matter, it is really convenient. I just turn it will be material 21 pieces and equitably applied on all the faces off the wall. But let's move forward. I want to hide our planet similar to this when we were doing the same in case of this one. So let's get there and do the same method. Over here. I will call it already was. In this case tool, you can see that this may also take little bit longer. So I will show you an alternative method for the same. Undo this, all the models that I created. And now we will create a copy of this plant first. Oh yeah. Arjan, hide this. And I will be in creator. Well aside from this one to 10 flips and enter the creative group of this water sector that we also have a copy off. Now if you look clear, leaders bought the plants are symmetrical. Now if you're working on a project that has asymmetrical plants, it will be generally symmetrical in all the cases that was blue or will be aligning to the second floor and so on. So in this case, we also have some symmetrical plants. Only the tangent or here is that in this bedroom area and this kitchen and living room area. So we can now easily a Soledad, just be the lights. I will go to Sketch Up and place this plan over the second floor. I will create a group of this first. Use the Move tool and blessings that fixed coordinate of this corner. Now you can see that we only need to make changes in order to have this symmetrical ADRs land similar to this one. In this case, there is an opening over here, while that is 10 year to close it into a room. And in this case here we'll end. In this case, we have adored at a 45 degree angle, right? In this case it is straight opening. So let's change a few things for this one, I explored it now and we will create lines to close it. Now we'll close this door. And I will also use it over here to close this segment. This blended is created in between by adult off scattered. And we'll just need to create some smallest n disorder year now, and it will be done. It are displayed on the board decides. And I will create the opening over here. And I will close this one with the rectangle tool. And I did it. This bought the plans on the both the sides. Now my height, this plan as we did previously, and I will just delete this segments of foil that recreated by drawing it. Again, this will help us to create this whole walls into a single segment of boil. Now we need to close this before I let it. They can use state S2 and close this line to create an opening. So I will make sure that all of the segments are deleted. Yes. Now, we again held us simple floor plan over here. Now you compare what we did previously. This will really save your time. So I will just create another segment for this and give it a height of 10 feet. Or I can just take the reference from this. Okay? I will create it into a group. So now we have created the group of water plants. I can easily play certain like this on the top of this. So this reassure cast that that is a second phosphate over here. So before we do that, we will need to create openings for windows and doors here. Also, I will need to be rid us lab. I will need to create datasets and they will also need to create a stair box. So we're moving ahead in this coming tutorials with the same. I'll wrap up this lecture here. Thank you for watching. 43. Example : Creating opening and adding Doors and Windows: And we'll come back in threes tutorial, we learned about creating walls, and now we are going to create some opening, doors and windows and this mortar. So get started. I will teach you some method that we can use year. So I'll be going on here. And if I hide this model, you can see that that is a void situated over here and that is an opening on the front-end. So let's check out all the horizontal openings that will be curated. Play mode is water in this horizontal direction. So in moving this model in this direction, we have this whole window over here. We have another window here, and we also one window over here. So we don't have to model. And now in this case, what we will be doing is we will zoom in up to Lear close to this corner. We'll use the move tool, sexy like the center point and move it slightly backwards. When you do that, you will have visibility to the wall that is situated or well-planned situated below. Write this model. So now we can create openings for these three windows by moving it into horizontal direction. Do that. What you can do here is you just need to double-click on it. Once you do that, you will have this light to credit visibility off the floor panel as well. I use the line tool. I will take that happens from that point. It will show me with the snap that it is an intersection point or click there. And we're looking at into a blue axis, I will draw a line at seven. Now this is height of my window, total height of my window. Now, other than taking reference like this, what I will do is I will lock it into red Xs. And I would take reference from this second, again at this intersection. After doing that, I just need to give it a height of the window that is forfeit. And I can join this. And again, there's this extra line like this. I can easily create windows for this both LAN as well. Let's do that. Now if you are stuck in such type of situation where you cannot draw a line, what you can do is you can select a top-line, create a copy of it, and lock it into blue X's and create copy of it at a 45. Or you can similarly get a height and width of the window. So I already did this line again. Now we just need to use the push pull command and create openings. So I will do this like this. So we just created or three openings for our windows. Now again, we will move back up, plan, do it X2 position. And I would hide this again. So when you create the openings for this window, this window and this window. Similarly, you can see that we can create openings for this Windows as well. On the backside. Now we're going to plan and this time around we will also create openings for those. But I need to tell you one more thing that if you are working only on the exterior plan, generally you will only type of work that too will be direct to either exterior or interior. So if you are working on exterior, you do not need to create a Windows. And you can say openings and doors inside the plan because that will only come. You utilize more of your time, occupy more space on your model. So in this case, I'm creating the dorsal openings inside it, but, but I would suggest you do not do that because if you are working on a project, it will be only be the extra credit you are rendering. You do not require any deer object or component to be rendered. So in this case, let's just create openings. So I will give you an idea how to do that. In other cases, if you are working with so in interior project you do not have to create interior component or anterior motor exactly like this. When we move into the next example of getting into your project, I will show you how you can create a studio first and then you use the measurement to create an India component and motors inside and studio you do not require to create like this. So let's move ahead by creating openings for this two doors first, so you will learn how you can do that tip sheet just in case you need to do that. Login Moody's plan a little bit on this corner around here as we can get visibility of the openings. The zoom out a little bit, click and open this group to edit it. And you can see that is an opening on the both hedges for the doors. So what I will do here is I will use this opening. We will not use it from the frame, we will exit, we use it from the opening of fault. I'll draw a line at the 75th, like this. And I will close it at the right axis. Similarly, either I can drag it and create a copy of it all year. But again, just draw one year, detectably similar to what we just did. Not get into. Blue X is seven feet height and joined the moderate thread access. And I will create an opening like this. Like this. You're gonna create an opening and you can delete this extra lines anywhere aria. So in this case, let's create openings for this Windows as well. Either you can create it from the inside and if we're not comfortable, you can move on to the outside of this plan, track this model other side, and do that. So let's try it and drag it from this side and Plessy technically at its position first, I will hide it to get idea. So here we have an opening here, we have a window over here as well. So if we open the plan, you can see that there is one window situated here and this other part is a ventilation. So in this case this will be my ventilation and disagreeable. I window and becoming slot that we just need to create two more openings over here. Because as I told you that it is an SDR project, it does not have any connection with the entire year, whether you create any openings and windows or doors inside the modal or not. It doesn't matter because we only need to concentrate on the exterior often project. So I'll be heading to model. I'll take it on the other side, zooming into this corner. I'll drag it slightly on the other side as the opening side of visible to me. I will come back here and create a openings. So if I zoom in, I O this one line over here, and another line over here, that is an opening gold layer. So I've used that intersection point and then give it a height of seven. And I will reuse directly serine. Take a reference for the top this opening. So as you know that ventilation are in like they are shorter than the other side of the airways. So the length of this should be two-fifths only. Close it on the other side. I will use my ears to today's the extra line. Similarly, I will give it a window over here, or use this opening intersection point. Give it a height of seven after luck and get into a blue axis with the arrow keys. Lock it into the red Xs and take a reference for the, another opening. And again, I will give it a height of four Fritz for the window. And I will close it or did it extra line. Use the eraser tool. And again, get an opening like this. You can do it in other segments as well. Now in this case, I will drag it back to this corner. And at this time I will move it on this side to get the idea of the two windows that we're going to create our year. In this case as well, there isn't one ventilation and other one is a window. If you go to the plan, you can see that we only have to create another two openings. All we are that is one is ventilation and other one is window. So let's do that. I'll use this tool to, again have you create a line over here from this intersection point, lock it into blue X's, give it height of seven-fifths. What are the green X's? Because this, in this case, we need to create a wall on the other side. We are getting opening on the other side. So on this working on this wall, we need to lock it into green X's to get to exit reference. And I will give it height of four feet again. And I will lock. And it is an extra line. Similarly, eric, get another one over here. Lock it into blue axis, gave it to seven feet of height. Lock it into green axis. Take reference, you would hate to authentication that is two-fifths. Now you close it ended a textural line. Now, create an opening. It that happens of this corner point of the loyal like this. So we are done with creating all the openings for the Windows. Now we will do it the same thing for this second plan. So it's just drag it first and place it at the exit location. Like this. We mourn over here, we need to create a lintel for this door as well. So whatever we're doing in this case is that this is the main door entity comprises of two openings, so give it a height of say, seven as well. So copy this line that is situated only a rocket into blue X's, so we do not lost the axis off this placement. And I'll give it a height of three feet. So we will be left for it to seven feet over a year. Now currently, if you do that, this one be visible because this is a bug in SketchUp that if you copy this line, suppose in this direction it will be visible to get ID of this if I move my arrows OI and not getting any reference for the snap as well. So what I would need to do here is we need to draw a line of three from this point. Now if I go into this direction to this, show me that that is a reference point or end point item three feet off this direction, I will draw a line over here. I'm going to use to push will do just to drag it on this other side, are doing so. I will close this and get an opening for door as well. So that is all ready to be placed for those and windows. And similarly, we will do the same things with this second level as well. So let's get started first, I will hide the modal and get an idea of the openings that I need to create. In this case, we need to create a window or a year. And meeting in this direction. We have our door opening over here as well. So in this front case, we need to create two openings. That is one this window, and another one is that dough. Are you an IT model? And I will drag it slightly backwards to get visibility off the openings. What did accidents or creator lines all year and started with the opening. Again, we will give it the same height and lock it into red x's. You would forfeit of height for the window. And closer. We had an opening bilayer. Similarly, I would do this with the store as well. Open the group who edited the height of the total we 750. Lock it into red Xs and done create an opening. To doing that I will unless it back to its original position. And this time we will be creating on this side and hide the modal and getID away we need to create. Okay, So we missed out on creating this window. So we'll go back to this. And we again create a window over here. Yet tidy up the exact location of this intersection point on this. So this will be my result, the window, I will give it a height of seven feet. And we close it down. Now use this line and create a copy of it to get exit height of the window that should be forfeit. And everyday routines extra line over here. And I will create an opening. So now let's create the openings on this side. So I would hide this. And we only need to create only one big window over here to get this. So you don't have to model. And I will slightly drag it on the other side to eta, visibility of the openings. Now we are wide visibility off this opening out. Before we do that, we need to create some changes on-site. The plan, as we saw it earlier, that there is a difference between this plan forward to opening for this living room. So I will edit this foil over here and close this panel's post. So I use this commands. I will draw a straight line here and close this as well. And now I can drag it downwards and indeed it, this extra wall, I will use the erase tool to resurrect from this points. And it also did it is extra lines on doing. Silvio created the living room opening over here and we alternately it up land that we wasn't symmetrical in this case. Now, we will move ahead by cutting the window over here. I will double-click on this. Go over here and create my window openings or use this point as the reference, give it a height of seven feet. Lock it into green access to stem because it is in the detection irritate of forfeit. And completing the weight by closing it. And we delete this extra line and give it up push pull tool and create an opening. So we are done with creating on this side as well. Now moving ahead, we need to get in on the other side. So to do that, Let's reach to that site. And the height this model and get an idea of the openings that we need to create. Postman will be over here. And the second one is iterated over here. In this case also we have one ventilation and one window. So don't take this and we'll move the model in other direction from this corner point to get the visibility of this reference is. So we'll reference visibility over here. That is one window, 11 deletion. So let's get started. We'll click on it to edit it. So we need to create a window here. As an intersection reference, 0.7 feet for the window. Create a reference from this other point, give it height or forfeit for the window. And I will close the window opening over here. Similarly, I will create the ventilation. We are done with creating all the openings in our model. Now, that is one door left that we need to create over in this corner, around this side. So drag this model slightly on this side to get visibility of the door opening. And I recreated it out over here a little bit. Go to edit model. And the door height of 75. Look at integral of x is false so we do not lose the track off any direction. And I will create a reference point and create it over here. So we are done with creating all the openings for the OS and Windows. As we discussed, we only need to concentrate on the exterior of this model. We'll clear it all the exterior models, those and Windows. Now, one more thing if I will tell you that that if you are creating any house motor, you generally only need to render the front of the house because on the backside that won't be any design or anything. So you do not need to concentrate on that. So to save your time, you would generally prefer only creating the exterior design on the front end or the side views. So now we're done with this. We will be adding dose and windows. So we do not have to model. In this case, we can directly download from the warehouse. And if you wish to desire to model your own roads and Windows, you can also do the same. And we go to the warehouse and we just need to search about, say, Windows. Show you a variety of windows for your model tunnel. You can be for the products model because if you didn't wish to use some of the existing windows on actual models of Windows, you can do that. I would prefer using the models because this has a wide variety of windows and it will also have more off. You can say that types of windows available. So I will be going with the black frame windows. So this will be best, but that only contains only single window we need to old window for that. So we can use this and the second level. So I would like it to use it for later, so I do not have to search it. Again. You can use the same method. In your case. I will be going with this one and use the Download button and loaded directly into the model. Now our window is placed ready to be placed in this murderer. I will use it to place it on this oil detections. In this case, you may notice that it is not exactly to scale of the window that we require. But you don't have to worry. I will note that this window, I'll use the move tool to drag it from the corner point, and I'll place it at this point. Now. Luckily, we also have a scale tool and sketch up as we learned earlier, we can just scale window this directly to our desired shaping widths. Now they're doing that. This window we replaced exactly on this window location with his exit size. So we scaled it this window with references on the boat that direction. Now interesting this case it looks too disordered on the horizontal side, U contains it towards repartee to another model out the window from the warehouse. And if you fell, you feel that it is fine. You can just utilize it in your, your models. So I will use the same window data copy of this from this corner point and place it on this window location as well. Similarly, I will doing the same thing. Now to base it on all other sites or to integrate we're doing here is I will create a copy of it first. And we will need to rotate it in direction respect to other sites. So we're used to Rotate tool and after rotating every also create a copy of it so we can use it on this direction, at this window, at this location and this location as well. So after creating a Gopi, I would alter tick into a 90-degree to use it on the other side of the windows. I used the window and place it directly on the other side, track it from the corner. And I will place it into exit corner. Now, in this case also we will need to scale it, scale it around this point. And I will create exit copy of this window because the plan is symmetry collectively also be possible to place it exactly over here without scaling. So we just created it for this boat to Windows direction. Now I will use this window and dislocation and dislocation. And in this third location as well, use the move tool, drag it from the exit corner point, and place it around here. In this case also, I will need to scale it. I'll use this middle scale of this. And with the reference of this corner point, I'll scale it like this. This looks perfect. And I will drag this window from this point and place it over here. Now, I do not need to scale it because it is exactly the same light and width of the window. And just both cases, I login, create a copy of it from this corner and place it at this location. Now only we are left with that is on the backside of this Windows and one on this side. So I'm going to go back over here. I create a copy of this window. And I will rotate it 90 degree angle. Drag it from the corner point. I replace it over here in this guesses where it is symmetrical. So we do not need to scale it to this location size. So we are done with the window placement. Only one remaining is this side. Well, being able to go back to the warehouse and it will go to my profile. I can go to my life models and I would like this window previously. So I can directly go here and click on Download a loaded directly at this window location and place it. So in some cases, if you download a modal, they will be situated in a big group like this. So if I'm grouping it, but if I'm moving it, you can see that that is a big group, showing that there is a big group over here. In this case, what you need to do is you can go inside this group, educate, select the window and press Control X to move it or cooperate. Now again, I can press control V and the problem will be sorted out. So in this case it is not now grouping to any other element that is invisible. I can scale it first, indeterminate small size to place it over here. I will need to rotate it as well too. We'll start replacing it all year. And we will need to rotate it into a vertical as well be others upside down. Now I will move it and rotate it into a 90 degree angle. Place it over here. And use the Move tool from this corner point and place it exactly at this location. Now we can change the scale of this window up to this reference point, select the middle point from here and drag it to this reference point. And we will move it a little bit insight to have it open review and give it a little bit. So spacing on both the sides, this looks fine. So now we're done with the window placement and all this directions. Now, let's give it a ventilation as well. So I will go to the warehouse and such for ventilation models. They can ventilation and wait for the results. I can go to models and use any of one off this ventilation. So in this case, I'm wishing to use any closed window ventilation. So I do not need this lowers or ventilation with plates. So have used this window ventilation. Click on Download button. I will use the put on to download it. Place it over here, and scale it to the size. So after doing that, inside, now I'll use the same window ventilation and operate and place it on this detection. So we are done with this as well. We can all get, again, place it over here, have used a copy of it. Select this, select it from the corner point, and create a copy by pressing Control key. I'll place it over here and rotate it and do the 90 degree angle. It is Rr. So I'll use the move tool and place it at this exit corner point. And have a more slightly inside like this. So we are done with this as well. Coming along, we just need to place two doors, Aliyah, that is 10 and two copies of this work. While in this case, we will be having to place entrance door. They'll go to the warehouse and Sidak for the main door. And then we will be searching for the main door. So what I'm doing is I'm really excited to popularity of growing their degree. Show me other varieties of those a year. So we can use any one of this. There's two doors. Looks good. So I will download this to set up those and use the right one or loved one. After downloading this dose, I can place it over here if you look around here. So I like this. Daughter is Ojos. I will use this to exploit this book. And I did it the left model. I use this right motor grouping. We're going to group. I'll delete the extra components. And I will create Opry offered on this point. And after placing it, I need to scale it first or use the scale command to place with a skeletal exit location, size of this door. Here. Are doing so. I will need to place it took to exit location first row. I will also scale it and this front load to get location of the frame. So we'll place this dose as well. It looks good now. Now we only need to place a door for this location. So I'll go back to the warehouse and search for the monomer dollar remote domain. And we will search for the rows. So in this case we will be going with other daughter. I will switch back to relevance to get an accurate results. Okay. So let's say we were going with this door on Download and maybe placing it in, place it and scale it first from this location. Now, this door to 90 degree. Now replace it on the center location. Now if you see that the opening of the door is from right direction, while in this case the planning showing that the toe should be opened in this way. So we need to flip it in this direction. So what we're doing is I've selected, I will select this top right click on it, auto flip along and they will flip it on the red axis. This time it will be flipped into the edX is keeping this as a center and we'll David flip it on the other side. Now this note is accurately located at the entrance. So we are done with placing the stores. So I will wrap up this lecture here and next lecture we'll data slept data's data box stairs and create a set-up a little bit of phenomenon photos mortar. So thank you for watching. 44. Example Stairs, Slabs and Compound wall: Hello and welcome back. Now in this tutorial, we are going to create as lab and we're going to do some design concept for this model to get started. First word we are going to do here is that we will be creating the steps. As a discussed only are we do not require to create steps in an extra year projects because they are internally security 29 not visible to the main scene. But just to get an idea how to create steps in SketchUp will be going through this concept. Here we able to create four steps or your second steps over here. And you can just copy the set of steps that you create for the ground prototype hospital because they are always symmetric alone older flows. So in this case, the copy of the floor plan that we created earlier will be very much helpful. Now, you can see that we currently have 17 steps over here. So I will start by creating a steps. I'll use the rectangle tool and clear to step over here. This will remain false tap. Okay, so now the height of this lab is 10 fits. So I can measure it with the measure tool that is 10 feet. So we need to divide the riser photo stat. We can go to the Google and do the calculation. So it shows that it is 0.58 fifths. So we'll go back to the sketch up and we will give it a height of 0.58.5 feet and ankles. So after, after doing that, I will group or create a group of this whole stair. And I will use the Move tool. And I will create a copy of it from this corner point towards this corner point. And after that, I will create multiple copies by using the multiple copy to let is x plus four. So I will find steps over here. Now that will also learn how to do this one. Well that it is very simple. What I would do in austere is I'll create a rectangle. And I were drawing the lines and I get boulders lines. Now I need to just drag it or 2.58 of fruit of ICT. Again, this one and this one. Now as we move up first, this will also be in the height of, this would be above this level. So I will also give it a height of 0.58. Similarly over here, and I will again raise this 1.58 bits. So you get entered the stamps. What he says, Well, I will create a group of this set. Now remove it, right about this point. Similar to other cases, we'll be doing the same things over here. In this case this, all the steps are similar. So let me show you another trickier. What you can do is you can create, select first oldest phi steps, create a group of them. And you can just create a pulpy offered. All you gotta do is now we just started into another direction. And you can place it. Once you are done with creating steps on the other side. Let's create steps for this side as well. I'll create a group or Iraq distracting. Now again, I will draw the lines that will reduce first line, second line. And this would be my total. Now we'll give it a height h offered to 0.58. Fritz. Same only here and here. Okay, so we tie it similarly as we did earlier. So I will group it and I will bring it along over here. And similarly, I will just drag these tapes as well and bring them over here. So we are done with creating the steps as well. Now let's place it twists exit location. Have a great group of this oldest steps. Now what do we need to do here is I will select this one step. I'll use the move tool and take a reference from this corner, say, and I will place it right over here. You can see that it is placed exactly at location as we desired. And it is exactly accurate to the steps that are showing over here. So you can select this tapes and you can get multiple copies or copies as per your floors. From this reference point, I'm copying it or drop it over this reference point that this sounds symmetrical in both the cases. So we'll create your disk tapes as well. Now let's create a slab level or this one. But before we do that, religious data's base for this. So we'll compound wall and decides exactly. So what we'll be doing here is that I will first create a base for this. So before we create the full base for this, we need to see that debt is a plinth level here. Link level off this house is situated, it'll be top floods, or you can say that two steps upwards from the ground level. Because here you can see that it is 10 are two steps given for us. So we need to create a base for this. Sorry. So I will start by drawing a line at the boundary of this house like this. You don't need to draw the steps or N, we will get to that soon after completing this base. Drawing and completing the pace, you can see it. We will have a plane over here. Now. Anybody you're gonna go to the camera and select the parental protection. We'll switch to front view. And you can select this whole group set. So this will select all the doors, windows, and steps in it and create a group offered. So when we move it from the heights, it won't interfere with any of the windows and part of the motor will be left out. So in this case, if I selected, the whole model will be selected including doors, windows, ventilation, and steps. Now I will go to this plane group. Use the push pull tool as it is situated to, you can say it as it is situated two steps above the ground level. So it will be around 150. So we can give the iser or six feet. For the eight steps, I will create two, sorry, one feet of height for this. Now, we will need to select these walls and drag it on this bottom part to this height. Don't ungroup this part yet because we also need to create a base Porter's upper doing. So this will be looking around something like this. Now we can double-click on this and create this both the steps. So you draw a line over here first. Now this part will be used for the vegetation. So what were we doing here is that I will use the midpoint snap and create two steps over here. We're doing there diverticulitis line. Okay, So now we reject this tapes around here. That will be my first step. I would try this again, second step around here. So we created the steps as well. Now I will create smallpox or this vegetation over here and give you tie it up around 65 inches. And now I will use the offset tool to give it a border of say, four inches. Now use push-pull tool again to drag it around 50 inches. So we'll have a base off. This wall is red. Now I will use and close this borders on both the sides. And I will group. So we'll create a creator to part 4 vegetation as well. Now on the other side, we also have to create vegetation part, but before we do that, we will just create the base poor. There's complete pays. So I'll use the rectangle tool. And I will create a complete square base for this. And this base will be around 60 inches, so I will raise it around six inches. What would we need to do here is that I will select to us and get a group of this. And I will select this maze of the house, complete house model. And I will also select this vegetation Patek we created for the plantation purpose. And I will direct all of this from this corner and bring it onto the space. I will use more tool and bring it on this base. So we are done with this model. Now only be required to create the boundary walls AND gate. So let's first get done with this placing of this second floor. So you create a slab for this. So make sure you always create a slab from this. Because when you are getting slab unit to create the balcony here, right in this case, if you create this lab, what is directly, you will be missing out to creating the slave for the balcony. So that will be acceptable and you will have to redo things again. We'll discuss how to use these tools. Line-to-line creators base over here. With this lab directly, we're using this balcony and ports as well. This balcony will be acting as opposed for the bottom part. So I will draw the boundary lines over here and it will act as a slave for the first floor soccer. Doing so, we will convert this into a six inch slab. Now. So I will create a group of tissue. Always practice creating group of each component because as we saw in previous tutorial of SketchUp, creating a group and keeping things open can have a big effect on your models. And this will be very easy to kill materials too as well. So you use the Move tool and move it from this corner point. Drag it from this corner point and place it right about this later. So this looks good. We gave it up ports as well because if we would ever drawn directly oriented to it to create the porch again after completing this model. So now let's place this first-level abode is ground floor. So if I select all these models to place it directly or simultaneously, this is also selecting the floor plan along with her. So as we learned in the selection methods, I can press shift and unselect this floor plan. See from this model like this, now only this plan will be selected. I will create a group for this, so we do not have to miss out on the windows and do it again and again. In order to select everything together. I'll use the move tool status from corner point and place it right about this lab. So we've created this model. So now I will need, be needed to create a copy of this and use it for the terrace. So use the move tool. Drag it from this corner point, create a copy by pressing Control key and place it over here. It's offered doing that. We are almost done with this model. And we only will be only required to create an opening for this state of box over here and create a stereo box to create a stair box. What we can do here is that we can use this reference from this step boxes. And I will use the offset tool to create the thickness of the wall over here. Now I can delete this and they can create a stereo walks or fight around eight groups because they are generally kept lower in the slap bass. So I will use this box. Create a group offered. And now you've created nor for this one to create a door. What we can do this, we can go to the opening side of the staircase, give it a height of around six bits. Because generally the roles for the standard, except preferred lower as compared to its height as well. And I will create an opening for door. So we are done with the star, the stand walks as well. We play, we placing it right about this one. So I'll use this reference from this corner point and place it right over here. Dr. Doing so this shall look like this and we need to create an opening on this lab 2 for the stair boxes. So double-click on this, go to rectangle tool and use this insight boundary of the state box as a reference to create a boundary or this opening of this toolbox. So I reduce this corner point. And I use the Shift key that adapt transform this map and I replace it around here. Now I need to create, click on this. And I've used this reference of this bottom point and create an opening up of playing around here you can see that V0 period, the opening for the stairs like this, I can create a slab as well on top of this one and color this textbox. Do with the height of this lead to six inches and convert this into a closed group. So now I raise it around 15 to get it to a color. That seems fine. And we replaced the same door, that as well. So go to this link on this load data copy and glass it right around here. Well, this stair walks as well. Use the scale tool and skeletal accurate height of the store. So we also created Starbucks, placed the dose. Any model is almost done over here. Now only part here is lapped as we need to create the boundary wall and later we need to give it some design and then we can more hired by creating. You can send setting up the environment and getting that endospore, this model. So let's start by creating the boundary line first. So here we were using the same method that we did earlier for creating this boundary water. Now in this case, the floor plan is not visible because the base off and how's it directly right above that floor plan? Here, again, we will have help from the plan that we previously copied. But it is the main reason I was so distinct that you always create a copy of your plan in order to take a reference into POSIX model. So we'll use the same method to create voice for the boundary will use. We've covered all the modules like this. Then I can hide the plan, but I can hide the plan now. It has the extra line segments and convert this volume to a boundary wall. Though the height of the boundary well, isn't really kept to around five to six hertz. So I will be using it to 58. And we'll do the same with this side of the water. I will create group of this boat towards along together data group. I want to hide the plan. And I've used that evidence point to place it directly that mortar. So I'll use the corner point of this boil lesser directive on this corner point around here. So we are done with the modelling of our house. Now in coming lectures will be creating some design for this concept. And then later we can move on to creating materials and renders Porter's model. And wrap up this lecture over here. Thank you for watching. 45. Example : Basic Design concept: Welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to create a design for this house. I will be keeping it minimalistic, aligning with the modern concept of designs. So I knew already how some of the concept of design on my mind, if BCD from the front view that we have on our tech old render from the main attraction point of this house would be the entrance and also those window and dependents. So let's start by doing the same. I already have a concept for this balcony part, so I'll be using my tools to create them. So draw rectangle over here and give it to offset off around 15. Now I will be closing this part as I do not require that. And we're going to add this extra line. So I would have a chief designer warrior or use this C shape. And I will create around nine inches of Extrusion from this using the push forward. Good. Now recruit a group of this. Now I'd use the same design and create the tables that altered tool. I will cooperate. I don't 90 degree for the other side. Now use the Move Tool. Place it exactly over here, and I would align it with this side as well. So I now need to just join this both two parts. So I will export this again. And I will go to the group electives and align it with exit this points at Lex got this. So now if I create a group, this whole beauty joined together. So related to extra line segments. This I want you to group offered. So the concept design I hope for this will be a mirror image aligning with the top of this labor as well. Um, in terms of the bottom part, I need to create a razor for this. So why is it means in Dom's off you can see in the Indian consumption regulate that is called thata, That will do that. I will be dropping this around one crit at the bottom part as well to give it a rain cover. For the inside parcel of this model. We are done with that as well. Now, in terms of this, I will be erasing it around three principal Give it up but up at World Water status. So this is one of the bees answered, I created photos. Now moving along, I will be erasing this. Around six and Jerusalem, or the parapet of the balcony. So now after doing that, I will really need to create an opening for this side as well. In this case, I will be using a CNC designed to close this side and it'll get rid of more than look. So I would like to say be open for now. Now we will be dealing with this side. So you can see that I can either close it from the inside wall that will be dragging this boils or not aligning with the exit ln of this water. So in order to do that, I will be needed to track this entire design or six inches on that side too clear toward. So I used a more truth to that. I will select this line and this part of the wall. You will type up more to. Let me select this corner point. Again, just the laptop this site. So I will move it around this eight and use the measurement of six inches to enter the red you anymore. Now, I just have to draw a box over here and close this site. So use the finger tool and create a small box here just to get that applicants bring it around this side and then they can easily close it up to this parapet site. So we are done with that as well. Now, what we'll be doing on this side is that I will explore this again. So h will be aligning with this rectangular part. So if I go to print this whole portion, we will group together related disclosed extra line segments. Boisvert having misunderstandings by modeling. Now your group this all together again. But this is our y o done this mean. Part of the design now will be giving these n for this green dose. So to create a minimalist design, I will just cuz on box shaped risers, what is I'll use this boundary. We'll use the offset tool, give it around six inches of thickness for the riser. Did it the middle part and raise it around 19, 20. So I will group these as well. And as you can see that part of this windows and this window are same. The size of this windows are symmetrical to each other. So I can directly copy this from this corner point and bring it around here. Though. I was just her just her Grexit glitter point. And so we are done with this as fat. So coming along to this side now, we have to create wiser for this three windows. In terms of this, I will be going with the same descend part is medial, medial side of the window. So I'll be using this box. And that would be using the other tool to be written down, say thickness, an offset of 16 cheese. And I will get her decimated a pot. In terms of this, I also have another design concept, so I will be moving around this cluster around Natives. Now it'd be tracing this bottom side of this window around six inches. And similarly, I will drop it around two inches from here. And I will create a offset over alpha down to say 20 inches as well. I would phrase it around wanting or three inches. When I repeated this, an insight boundary of this side and let it be. And what your group, this entire window case, matt, white dude, I did that is that I will be placing some vegetation and plants around dear to make it look more attractive. Well, in terms of having total for this plantation in the rainy season, you can see that this will be acting pretty extraordinary when we will also provide some CNC design concept to create a roofing over here. Now, moving along, I will be creating wiser for this side. So I'll be using this same method, but in terms of creating the boundary, I will be just shoot glazing this voyage. So give me go say 4.5 inches of wiser as it is, do not align with this side of the wall. I will create call, make it to group. And I will give the same ways around. This is some kind of fake wall. You consider time just creating a fake wall next to it, or 0.5 inches, and then give it a wiser and group it. So we are done with this. I'll bring it around here. So in case off this side of the wall, it doesn't look much. To make it look attractive way we are being joined this with another wall over here. I'll explored this boat that was never deterred. This extra line segment to connect it with this will create group of these older boys. Now this may look good. So we are done with the main, main measure concept of this, this anode is building. But in order to move water, we also need to create a tennis ball that is built up at all. So I will show you one shortcut method to do that. What you're going to do this, you can just go inside this group of this level of address, select the top plane offered, press Control C, and cooperate, and get out of the group. Now we talked about 12 or week or month best to play around here and drop it exactly on the top of this lab level. And we use the offset tool and create offset for the and that is I don't want when fainted and press Enter, what do you need to do here is that you already know to avoid segment and outline, you're just nitro group, the middle plane that is highlighted around it. I was elected and illiterate and erase this wall around three friction. So press three feet and enter towards as well. So create a group of Tam and convert it to and global. So in this case, I would be needed to raise this fake watered down to say 15. And we will put away that last railing around the ears. So to create an opening for the same what John Deere opening for the last failing. And I raised this water from this side. Now we are almost done with the design. We just need to read some of the conceptual knowledge on the barks of this design could do there too. What are we doing here is that I will be creating a CNC design photos, prorating CNC, it'll fingers and around here. Then we will let the glass failings and really cleared some guru of conceptual designs to do there ever go to the warehouse and download a CNC patron design that has such CNC. And we will be using some of the CNC router. Well here, This looks best. So I used the downward key and download them and said my model directly. And we'll use the rotate tool to rotate it and scaling it to exit size of this honor. We'll be placing it exactly around this point up or doing their diet color this part as well with the CNC design. While we're almost finished design. So I will wrap up this tutorial aria. In next tutorial, we will be giving a conceptual design touches everyone on this model, we redesigned the compound wall and also the glass railings around this part of the model. So thank you for watching. 46. Example : Detailed Designing : Hello and welcome back. Now we're going to finish our design both wanted. So to get started, first, we'll be providing it the glass fading. 10, we represent a compound wall and in later portion will be giving some detailed Rudy's end for the concepts. So let's get started giving it to last for a day. In order to create a glass fading, you can either draw glass leading directory over here. We're gonna go to the warehouse and you can search for glass failing Jolla. We would have a wide range of glass waiting for your model. But in this case, I will show you how you can draw a glass trailing. In order to do that first unit to measure the height of the glass you require. So I already provided the one feet quarter cup out of the glass so I can go down two feet around here to the height of the glass. So I will be drawing the line off around to Fritz over here. And I will do a thin chalk before the class. The top of theta will be joining it around here and create a rectangle is small. Now, in order to view the, you can say they're holding or rotating for the main portion of the class, I will be using around 0.25 inches it this side, and 0.25 inches on this side as well. Now a half-inch of around here. And I will be giving around half inch on this side. Sorry, appeared box over here as well as a group, this whole thing. Now I have a reference or a profile photo, the last rail. So I'll start by creating a rectangle here. And I will drag it around this corner. Create a group of this. Now, in order to get exactly at the center point, I will need to create a line here. I will go in this group. I will use the reference point or the middle point occupies snap to. It will automatically guide me that is at the middle point and keep it around this point. Now, what are we doing here is as we know that the thickness of this class is around half inch. So I will raise it around half inch on this side. Then I will create a copy of this line and make the profile for the other side of the glass rating. So I will give it around a half-inch of distance. And I will take this line around this corner. So this is how I created my glass railing. Now I only need to clear tangible support on this. So I would again use the same method, will create a box and drag it around the corner, somewhere around here. And similarly as we did Ted side, I'll be grading it outside around 0.25 inches. Copy this line. Use the green axis to further evidence of a triggered around 125 inches on this side, where it takes shoreline and drag it around this edge. So we are done with creating the glass railing. I will group these henry link portion as. So this is our grass training for this model. Now, I will hide this first and I, we did it, this profile that we do not require. Now, I would unhide every element of this class. We'll create a glass fading. Now I will create class lading for this part as well. So in this part, I will just need to create a line segment. First. Say like this. We can go on to scale for this one because there is not much accurate and this won't be much visible in the render easy as well. So I'll login you with a handwriting profile. While glass failing for this portion is also ready as well. Now, we do not require this float numbers exactly been at this model. I will bring this gland closer to this if you need any further evidence and further replication. So lastly, Links are ready. Now we'll be going through design this compound word. So I have one concept is n for the component wall as well. So I've been going with the same. We'll create a box first, get outside around six inches, giving it a group. And I will create my design on this one. I'm going not to scale. So it's okay if you do not have any scale for this, you're going to scroll around and play around with tools in dragging it down four inches. Now. Case I will be creating some vegetation ADI inside part. And this will be containing the main design concept for us. And my house name or name crit will be going around here. So I will go inside this group and delete this whole segment. I'll create a new one in order to give it a different materials. Or it will be easy for us to foil for deploy their applications. Give it two inches of thickness and create a moral group off it. Now on the other side, I0 different concept on my head. So I will be creating a wall again like this. Now I'll be dragging it around, say, three inches on the, because we cannot use, utilize data side of the war. Nucleate a group off this. So in this case I will be choosing this part. I will coping it around half of this portion. That is exactly a minute to balcony. Using the reference by local needed to clean x's and I would divide to segment into equal parts off to, well, let's strive for it. They seem fine. So excited. And now I will give off a set of around. See, one picked this part as well. So we're, we went to upsets. The pulpit is Romeo and best tutor own data. Now we go inside this and I will take extra line segments that I do not require. So I will go inside. I will drag it inside around say, 0.25 inches. When all the boxes, these guys have reversed the face. So this looks great now. And in this part I would be deleting this to straight down inside. So in this part we are going to design as well. Now, moving ahead, what we'll be doing here is that I will be creating a gate. First. 10, we are almost done with our design and we can move ahead by creating the environment, what is model? So to in order to give a guarantee that you can create your own gate or you can go to the warehouse and download your own gate. I would prefer go into the warehouse and I will find photo main gate or entrance gate. So let's search for the word gate from this collection. You can go with any get you desire. I like to escape. So I will be choosing that. I will download it directly inside my model and glass it around in order to place it exit li first-child, we need to drag it from the corner, use the Move tool and place it exactly around this point. I would scale it to the side as well. This seems fine now. So our gate of the houses also ready. So in next tutorial we'll be setting up oily environment. And we will also be adding some vegetation components to this model. So now we are done with the modelling of this house. Will be giving it some group designs that will be giving a final touch for the renders. So we'll start by working on this site i o concept as well. I will be creating crew. What is boundary line around one-inch only. But let's go with three or 2.5 inches. So this will be visible. And on this side as well, i o concept same. I'll be given the same size of little. Now I will be dragging this site inside it on one team. And I'll be drinking this head around one inch as well. So you might be wondering why, okay, with this type of design over here, I just created a boundary wall and we'll be adding some light on this inside edge so it will be looking realistic and it wouldn't look. Now coming ahead, I will also add a blue line over here, this corner. To do that, I will be also required to join this ball around this point. So this looks connected and this looks good. I'll be creating a nine-year I just need to drag it inside around two inches. Create a copy. Let's call it 2.51 inches, this case. And I would record insight around half inch as well. So we're done with this site. Now, we are almost done with the designing of this model. You can also give it a glue on this wall. So I will also be given grew on this goal. Two periods, same pattern of 37 and follow up the whole concept of the design. Period, six inch of crew. Now, okay, read around again, two or two inches. Now I will just copy this whole thing into bottom side. Okay, we are done with this to this half inches. And I will drag this inside around half interest. We are done with this design. Next portion will be moving ahead with environment setup and we'll create the surroundings quarters and we'll be adding some trees and other models around it. So I will wrap up this lecture over here. Thank you for watching. 47. Example : Environment Setup: Hello and welcome back. Now in this tutorial we're gonna creator surrounding for this model is we are almost done with the grading of this house design and its model. It's time to create surrounding, add some trees and other components. To get started, I will go to the 3D warehouse and ever download a cup to, or you can say footpath for this model, as it is, a corner placed house will be creating a footpath right along this and this side of the house. I already uploaded o cope designing my profile. So if you do not find one, you can go to my profile, search with my name in SketchUp Warehouse and find this design. Now, I will put it over here and I rotate it first because this is not desired corner is we need. Now in this case, I will drag it from this corner point and place it around here. Now before we drink it, I exactly at this corner point of this house host what we'll be doing here is that I would hate disco. And then we'll create a complete model of this house. On doing so, I will be able to adjust the location of this house easily without selecting everything every time. So don't hide the modal and first place it exactly at this corner point of the house. Now you can see that the house needs to be raised around this point at title, this code. And they did not situated on the ground part. Let's suppose to go to the parallel projection and it just exit location of the house and call sort of RISD, as it is my shortcut key for the parallel projection. And watch everything from the front view. Now when they do, they're taking see that taco be slightly raised from the ground level by allows is exactly at the ground level. Just this both what I can do is click to more tool. Click on the bottom at all and lock it around here. Now, what I can do is I will do the same with the house. I'll use the move tool and I will use to lock it in blue X's and I replace it exactly about this quote. Like this, I can create it and place it is at level two code. Slightly move to this side as this statistical. And I remove the comb exactly on the corner point from this house. It's meant on this side. Now we will be adjusting the same thing for this side as well as morbid as it slightly touches the bottom part of the scope. And I will also still be required to raise the height of this one. So if we see it from the front level and turn on the poet parallel projection, this looks fine on this side. And if we see from other side, this team needs to be raised to a little bit. So in this case I will be needed to raise all this other side of cops. So select all this code inside this modal data out of the parallel projection and use the scale tool to scale it exactly below this corner points. So now we have done that as well. So we replace the code. Now, we are going to be 04 us that we are going to render it from this. I'm going to render this. How is from this perspective view? So when I look around from this view, I need to house some of the objects on this part and this part as well to cover my view. So I will need to, to increase the code for a little bit of more area as it is increased on this side. Sorry, we'll do the group select one component of current news it from the corner point and use the arrows to increase it by say the presenter Andrea, and use it around two times. Now I will need to place a compound designing wool on the water site. But it's good back to the warehouse and search for was. When I do that, I will have a variety of was on my screen. So you can choose any of this one as you desire. Make sure you do all you choose. Shouldn't be much heavier, much designer. Make sure will you use over here should not be much a trick to compare it to the house because this may steal all your attention from the house design. So I will you try to use a simple wall or we can create our own as well. And the wall with this one, download this in my model. I will place it from this corner point. They used to place it around here. And now I will use the Scale tool and scale it exactly it does highlight of my desire. The next tip here is that I will create multiple copies of this. On the same middle. Will give you the straight days in milk. Now I've used this same copies on the other side as well. I will create group of this and I remove it and create a copy of it around you. Again, ever be placing it exit a lean the corner of the wall on this side. Now we are almost done with the same. So from this way, if I see it, it looks perfect. Now, I just need to place some trees around this part of the view. Suppose our rendering it from this side. So now I need to place some trees around here so I can do that easily as well. Before we do that, let's create a road side for this one. So we'll create a big rectangular or square, or just say rectangle on this shape and create a group of this. So this will be my ass fired road. As we are not giving material to this currently does seems fine. Now on rendering it from this angle around this, I will use two perspective, two-point perspective view, others and have it be rendering it around from this angle. Okay, so this looks great to me. So I will go to the scenes and create my scene for the render. So create a new scene. And we'll give it a name off render one. Whereas Enter to save it. So this would be my view from which LV rendering my project here. So now I need to make sure that the older an old trees and we, I always wanted to increase the cobol on this side. As you can see, if I go to my Render view that Islam was missing on this side. So I will add some model falls and cobol and decide. I'll play some trees around here, and I will also place some trees around here. So whenever you are creating a render, often exterior object or house, you need to make sure that there is no line visible between the sky and the ground. So if you've seen this model, you can easily see that there is a line on this side. And this side that shows that that is a sky and ground that are meeting all of this points. So if we are using SDI, that won't be an issue. What I would suggest you to place some trees and other vegetation on loads both the sides. So let's download some trees and vegetation from the warehouse. But before that we will just adjust this copes and was an increase them both. So before we do that, I will just create copies of this. So we don't want her to do that later. Let's get back to the view and check it. Okay, This looks good. Now. Now I remove the extra component of this road, that part with it created ME using the rectangular four to this side. And I will just only keep it around this months of land or did it this extra part. So this should look like this. And I will also bring it closer as only will be required to part of that we need to render. So we do not have an extra part on this model. So I'll go back to the render view one. So we are going to go to the warehouse and we will search for trees. So this YouTube search with Vd, because it will be readily available for the rendering. You do not have to provide materials for this. So you can either go to the collection where you will find a lot of trees and collection. Let's say we are going to try something from this. And we will look around for wood trees on this model. So this is saying that is the low poly 3D tree. There was little phi. I can go to see more details of this tree. Looks good. So I will be using this particular notice the file size of 11 mb. So we might need to create a proxy of this. But let's try to use it first and see if it is neutral apolar model or not, or download it and insert it directly in my whole model. So if I go to this side, so the size of this trees somewhere, something like this and it is actually stood in this way. So first explored this model, it a copy of this trip by pressing Control C and paste it around here? Or did it this model and dilute this as well? I look at this tree by reference or this sidewall and 290 degree. And I'll place it somewhere around here. So you might interview one, an artist, the location of this tree. So bring it around this side. And I will be doing the same on the other side. So I would like to place it seems similarly on the other side does not create any objection on other part of the model. Okay, this looks great. Now, also required to create one molecule, peel off this on the other side to cover the other part of this world. Now before we do that, I would suggest you that you move it a little bit further away to take all the attention from this and keep our house as a main point of view over here. So I will take on this both on the pig side. Now we'll create multiple copies of this one as the colon, my view, somewhere around here. And it also goes same for this one. Somewhere around here. If I go to the render view one. Now they call it all the lines that meet around the world. So I just need purchase. This one's moving four liters, and this looks perfect. So now we rotate by creating interactive render test if it works fine. So I put it, there are certain data. Set, everything to high and our TX or this, let's go with the CPU and try to attain to actually render. So as you can see that this looks pretty much fine now and all this area is also covered. I will still try to move this tree a little bit on backside to have all the attention on the house. Also, I will say stem too little bit in smaller size. So let's get back to the model. So sizes too little bit seed, small. And I will do the same with this as well. And we will go back to the render view one. Okay, this seems fine. I'll go back to the render view one. That is looks great now testified by creating, going direct to render. Again, this looks perfect. Now we're done with this. Now we will be creating some of the vegetation on this side and maybe replacing some points over here. So let's get started by planting trees and shrubs. Drag it around this side. I'll increase it at home. One fits. So use offset to give it some mock shape and I will use to push, pull again. Another which some great way to get up off this. Now I can plant trees on sight of this as well. And on the other hand, we will be also placing some of the flowers or plants inside. So let's go to the warehouse and search for plants and shrubs. And it had some of these previews and thumbnails also have alone. I cannot read amygdalas. This means that they are ready to be inserted directly into model without giving them any alternative for the most hideous. So you can use them for enduring directly without having to alter any of the material of this plants. So we prefer choosing one of those as well. So if I take the size it is around 5'-end base. We check her to those who don't 5'-end base. Let's just score with this one. Let's see, does Colbert this quantity sit on phi mb? So click on Download and loaded directly inside my model. Being it around here, we will share. Okay, So this is the size of this model. I'll press Control X and move it from this outside of this group. I will place it around here, control V, and place it around here. Now I can create a size of two surround this site. And I will place it somewhere around here. And we're just tie it off this debt according to this flower that we are using. So it looks good. This will be fully move on. We'll be creating a proxy of this and we replacing you to all our ADR. So as we learned earlier to create a proxy, we select this component group, click on Export proxy. So I can place it anywhere. Use the proxy mesh and we can export. This is placed as a proxy. For. Next thing I would be doing is I will click on this and export it as a different component. So you save as option. And I'll use this as square root in my documents. Sees Class 25 and every digit test. Now we'll go to the Windows, go to moral info and Persian, use components to make my SketchUp model lighter. So after doing that, we will do the import. An important cross-modal, that is this one. Now we can import. So this is a automaticity binom, pick up the scale of this grass and be pleasing this flowers in the US around you. Now we will create some multiple copies of this line. And we'll use the edit tool to create copies. So we're done with this as well. Now we can use the same grass inside his house. So Pico 10, this the safe high to turn off this, create a group, press Control C, and I want to explore this. Now. I can place them inside of this house easily. And only are they rotate this around 90 degrees and placed him on this vegetation as well. This looks great. You go to the render view one. This should look like this. Now on the other side it will be placing some ports rather than placing some plantation like this. Also we need to put some flowers or here. So we also get to that. Let's go to the warehouse and first search for some plants. Here. Says flowers. Put models and use some of the flowers available on this one. I can read it, Go to the collection and find more collection of these flowers. So I always prefer going to the collection before I. So it's among the mortars because you get a variety of collection from users as well. And you can find new components or goal with this class. They seem fine. So I'll use Download button to download them into the model and I'll place it. And down here, they don't see much in high-quality, but this doesn't matter because this, you'll want a much visible in the render. So I'll be using the a key to enter them around, say nine of them are, 10 will be okay after doing their dedicated group of terminal year. So we do not have to select them all at once in order to scale them or move them. So I can just hit justice directly like this. We are done with this as well. Next thing we're gonna do is every replacing some ports around this area. So what a warehouse and such poor power clots that sets a port. Collections. And we showed that when IT of polygonal two pots. Well either, so this, you should use some type of this type of modern poets. They seem to be minimalist and they also view of good aesthetic to your model. Also you will need to consider the size of this because if you're not using and heavy into computer with a good computation, this will end up crashing your sketch of white dude into this model. So let's call it some smaller size ports. So I'll be going with this model. There is only one MB, so this will be lighter on my scatter Pittsburgh. And we did it. This other components inside this component in a group to take out of this looks good or not. Let's see. We'll make a new board because this doesn't look good either, does this off because we need to add some more for this one. Grade on this side. And this is like trial and error process. You need to keep doing it until you find a find a good port and I'll place it. So let's try that. And we download directly into the model and place it around this point. We will need to scale it, forced to try to place it exactly on. This. Looks fine. Now let's try this one. So as you can see, they look really good on this side of my render. So I'll be using this plants over here. Now, let's also create some copies of tin incentives modelling component over here. So use the same one and create a copy of it. Insert this. Now scaling attribute of Peter size. They will do as to take look to our balcony and datasets where this is not going to be visible until we add material to this class, so you'll be doing it later. Now next thing here is that some of the glands here. Let's try to use them with data before we use them. So these him good to me, so I'll be using them. So literate disciplines. Now on the inside portion I would let them be as they are because the plants on the inside, I would let them be as they are because they are not going to be much visible in the render. So it's okay to let them be as they are. The place it isn't clear at this point. Scale it a little bit. Now place it at all like this. School with the 13. On this side. We are done with this. Now, as you can see that we need to use some other entrance hope the household name plate for the house. So you will do that. I'll use the text tool. And let's see you at some numbers. The seem fine. Use place and we need to scale. This would be placing you to write around you. Let's kill him too little bit bigger in size and then it just in height and placement. Select this and bring it down here. Okay, this looks fine now. So we are done with this render view. Now, before we wrap up this lecture, Let's add some more components. Suppose a street late end up car on this side to be written motor corrective and realistic look. So I'm going go back to the warehouse. And so as for Greek lake, water models to seek to find any old type of modernistic lights. This looks great. What does a really low quality, I would say there's took over the collection and such for some good lights here. Let's use this street light and we downloaded into the model. This place it around the render view one. Notice the location of this. So we're back to render view one and religious toleration on this leg. And I would make sure that it is not creating any problem or coming in between all parties. So there's more data rate on the back side. Now you create a copy of it around dislocation. That Domo. And I will do the same and place one late around this part. The location of this, unless it's somewhere around here. Okay, this looks great. Now, I accidentally go copy offered itis molded from this exit locations. I will just bring it back and create a copy of this around this location. We are almost done with this tutorial here. So I'll be wrapping up this lecture we'll hear from next lecture on, we will be trying to edge some materials to it and then we'll move on to rendering enlightening for this. So thank you for watching. 48. Example : Material & Light application and Rendering: Hello and welcome back. Now in this tutorial, we are going to learn about material placement and we're going to apply materials to this module. I wanted to download it a car model from the warehouse and put it around here. Now, let's start by application of materials. So I have this basic concept of material application that I would be providing light gray color and white color to our tomato. So I will open my video set editor now in this particular section of positivity to review some basic report materials. So I already attached end addiction of my materials I buried in the download section. So do check that out. Meanwhile, you can add your own materials to this library. So in order to do that, chooses to click on this open Porter. Once you do that, you go to locate your material library, you hold it. So in this case my material, every folder, icon and select folder, as well as I do that this will open all the loaded and subfolder collection of materials inside there. So I'll do so my collection of materials, you can use them in your project as well. So we'll be applying some of them are US from this ending in cases if required to create, we'll be creating the materials. So I'll be playing the light gray color throughout this model. So let's start by choosing the right materials from here. So let's say we will be going with oil paint and watercolor. We'll be searching for the colors. So this one seems fine. As per my applications, I will be selecting it and that'll go to Materials. And I'm slowly applied to the model. And all the parts that I need to add this material that we'll be applying that everywhere. Okay. So we'll try to done on an interactive render and see if how does disease turning around in our model. And then start an indirect to render, to check out this material what I wanted. Okay, so this looks great. We can make it a bit darker if we wish to. But otherwise it looks fine. So I'll totally typical properties for this material. What do diffuse n change the color of this material that is sexually little bit bluish. I will make it a little bit more darker. So I'll bring this around you. And this seems fine. Now. Start to render and check it. This looks a bit more darker. So let's again tangent polluter bit of stateness. I will decrease the little bit of diffuse allele. Okay, So this seems fine. Now let's apply the materials. So we applied degree material throughout those color of the building to be with the color. Now I want this other parts to be light color, so I will not be playing material, the eight components now. So I'll play these two here as well. In this case, I will be applying it to insight of the screws. So cool via edited group and apply this material everywhere. So this is our interactive render. This looks great. I don't know thing directly rendering will apply the father material application or a year. Now inside of this, I wanted to be in light-colored soil, be willing to material Asset Library and searching for a month or light color that is relevant to this one. This looks perfect for their dilated to Scene. And we'll apply it inside of this voice. Okay, This looks great. Now let's apply right material on this other parks automotive. So I'll go to the library again and we're going to enter with the right colored material that. So in this case, if you do not find any white color, what you can do is that it is easy. You just total cynic any of this. And you can just go to the diffuse alternative color that you wish to have it. In this course, we have it. So directly applying it all over this modal. I'll also apply it to this famous as well. You might not get idea is that they'll write colonial plutonium material or not. What you can do is you can just select this eye drop tool and you can check out if the color is been applied or you can just paint bucket tool. All you just have to do is press the Alt key on your keyboard and this will let you use or detect the color. In this case, we'll be applying this color everywhere. So I've also your plight all of the hill and on this side panels as well. So we're also done with the application of this white material. If you're a woman, you won't be able to see yet. It's trying to interact to render, to check out how this, this looks. I would run w1 and take it out. So this seems great Now. Now, now we'll be moving on with replication of other paint colors and this one. So on the other side we will be providing it to concrete rail and the type of Luke. So let's do that. We'll do those hit library again. And we will be searching for the on-grid material from my collection. And it'll play these table. That material on the sidewalls of this compound is this is a component, I just need to apply it on the one-off. This will automatically applied to all these other components. And in this case, I would also need to adjust the scale, so I'll make it to fix. And this seems great. On the other side, what we need to do is apply a material on this later funds. Apply a reflective material on this glass, apply material on the CNC and this roofing structure as well. So in order to do that, let's again go back to the material Asset Library. And that'll be choosing metallic material for this one. So let's say I go to the metal and such for some elective type of material with some Magnus. So I would be searching for reflective material, will detect a low CNN effect. So this one seems superior. Jews it never apply it to this fonts. On this case, I will be applying defective material. So that's cool here. And I think they would be going with the same material for this as well. And for this one as we choosing another material that's called echolalia. So in this case, I will be choosing some of the typical plastic type of material. It will be we can add a bit of softness and reflectiveness type of loop. Let's say the bowl with this one. Now the blight on this one. Software computing this depletion of this materials will be a plain material on this inside of this layer. So let's create interactive render for this one and shake it out. How does this looks? But until it is has a perfect glass on it, but it does not have a native lead to nest inside the glass because of the length. So I will go inside this lame and apply it emissive material on this knowledge, check it out and indirect to render. This seems fine after the application of light inside of it. I'll maintain your lab to do is to view this video. So let's automotive tech librarian new material. So I'll be going with this type of phosphide material applied to seeing. And we still need to work to the scale for this. I guess so. Let's create indirectly render and Jake, I take this out. So this seems fine now. So we, so we have applied almost all the materials in this case. Now we will move on by application of light. So close this interactive render. And before we move on to that, we still need to apply material for this, both the cases on this glass. So let's do it. I will go to the Asset Editor and choose omega m material or this glass railings as a motor on reflective. So I would like to see and apply it on this grading of glass. Now for the glass, we need to have some detector material. So go to this and research around in glass. I choose this blue one up. So I'll choose this one. Add it to scene. I'll try bay. Put inequality here. So we'll play this last material on this glass railings. So now let's alter some values for this one and I will make it more deflection. The turn-off done on Fresnel and added just the value of this to 1.6 or 1.5 to make it more reflective. Okay, this seems great now. So let's try interact to render one screen and then we get 1 fourth. So this seems to be working out fine. It's proper reflections of sky and humidity. You might not be able to see reflection here because we do not have attached any of the edge DNA to this model currently. So we'll be doing that folder for now. I need to add a material earlier that I want a missing light on this cases. So what we're doing here is that I will go to those set editor at it first of all, turn down the sunlight to 0.5. So this will have the topic of NAG type of view for our renders. So we've done our interactive render. So we can have a view about that. This seems great for us to take a render and take out our emissive creating now. So I will click on this material and create Amy. So multi-tier, I'll be naming it as to say row Light 9, this case what we'll be doing here is that I'll go to my material and give it some values of human soon as before that, let's apply it to model, stopped interact to render for the moment. I'll select this profile. Go to Edit and forward this material inside of this age. In this case, on this side as well. So applied it over here and in this model as well. So check out how does this looks indirect you render. This is how it looks into any interactive anger. So now let's give it some values. And Erica, There's more detail components. So I'll give it a yellowish loop. This seems great. Now I will increase the intensity to 0.9. Okay, So this seems fine and great. Now, let's put it around 1.7 to a better control over it and give it a little bit of tameness to make it look natural. So this seems great, general if there's no written off this asset return as well. So we applied this segment reals as well. So we are done with this material replication in this tutorial. Now furthermore, we'll be playing lights, so we just need to put few lights around year one, around year one around here. And some of the lights on this balcony. Let's start by doing that. I'll be creating the light profile. So in order to prove that unit, to create a circular disk first, let's save three inches off radius. Now, point fine TO height. Now in this case, I'll be creating an offset of pushing it on the PECS Act created as a group. So nowadays a material for this. Let's add plastic material on this one. And select this. Now blind to selection. Now, I'm ready to plastic material and this will create a rectangular light over here. Let's select this one. What was said editor and adjust this in this form. Now I will just look at exactly this one and Greg Downs had written a week, so it is easy to have control over this. Place it exactly below this one. Just some scaling required. This seems great. Now let's check this is working properly interactive render. So now let's check if this is working in interactive render. Okay, So this seems great. Now stopped indirect during that Olivia and editing and creating multiple copies of same light. What I can do here is I will turn you into a component. So if I look at any one value of light, all the other components will also be able to sit with the same settings. I will create a component and name it as light one. Create this into a component. Now they would one night around here, this corner. And that'll create some multiple copies of it, right? This and the rate by Tweet. Similarly, raise all this leg through all this, my opinion. So let's check it in Internet to rain at how does this journal now start the indirect to render and wait for the results. This is fine. Now let's get back to the editor and adjust the amount of sunlight, BOB putting it on it to 0.8. So this seems great. Now I'll the increased intensity of light to around 15. This seems very less for now to our model. So I login to say 90. Okay, this seems mood now. And so V0 with this, another option that will help us to study up a light on our model. In order to do that, what we need to do is you go to the settings and we'll this option called material. All right, so in a dual that this will override all the materials and this will only showcase lights in this. So all the materials other than light will be turned into a white material so you can have how specific light is acting on your model. So in order to study that in detail, what we can do here is I'll turn this down to 0. And you can see that currently the light is affecting my model like this as the material right option is turned on disparate and my whole motto into white, blank white material. Like this. Now you can adjust other parameters, office light to eric more realistic look for your models are returned them into the attribute of yellowish lights. Now the Albanian, Greece, some of the intensity over here. And I will increase the intensity of lights to say, let's say quantity would be great. But let's just go with 150. And this seems to yellowish for our model. So let's decrease a little bit of whiteness as well. Create a cool light all year. So digital flight should be declared. We don't bluish-green, yellowish mix, so this seems great. Everything seems perfect now. So let's begin with an aging another IES lights on the sign-off this. So I'll close this window and replacing some of the IES light or some other light components on this site for there to be creating a profile as well. So it should be four inch by four inch of box and half inch extrusion or let's go with one inch as well, created into a group. In order to get an IAS light, I'll go to my collection. And I'll be going with this one I already setup and seem to the unit. So now in this case I'll be getting it most of all and replacing it. Facing up floods. Am creating affordable. I is late on this case, so. Placing it exit LIATE, right table. This one is, seems fine. And I will also provide same material as we did in previous slide for this one. So go to this beaker two and I'll pick up the material from this last T and replacing it. Same over here. Now let's try interact during their inject the parameters off this one. So let's increase a little bit of intensity for this light. It seems less. 3500. This seems fine. Now, what are we doing? This light and grid and place it on this other two sides as well. While you're doing that. Using the miracle plays one. So I hope it does light on all the sides. Now what are you doing this I was like all these lights as well as this light component and butyl group of them. I will turn them into a component naming light to now place it has exit location in the center. Similarly, now I'll be hoping this throughout this compound would use the Move tool and co-pays M on this other side of the wall as well. And we are done with this as well. Let's move it on the debate on this side. So we're done with the light placements as well. I'll be giving some other night profiles below this one as well. So let's go to the rectangular light and create a rectangular light over here. So my rectangular light is ready. This seems a little bit off to scale soil. The scaling as is appears right above my model. And we wrote requires light to be more shady or more fleshy soil to still be finite. The intensity of this light is set to default by 30. So we'll go to the render view one. And we will set up an HDRI for our render. So I'll go to the Asset Editor and check out last time migrating and interactive render off this whole model. So if we take it this out, everything seems fine for us now. In this case, I will stop then track to render and our debt your DOM like so we can move further by creating them. And I for our model. So the portals dome light. This will go to this texture placement. I was elected HDRI folder on my model. So our test, my HDRI to this leaf on this to 3D. And it will be going back. Now we'll be tasting it in an interactive render or written to something like 2.3 or point for this, let's call it this edge just to dominate to 20 maybe. And it will go to the sun. And first of all, remove this base blend, decrease this blend angle to 0. So being able to clear, we will find modal. Let's try and direct to render to test this. For this seems too bright for our model. So let's adjust this to 15. And we will also occur with that epidemic goes off this fall we've done, you can just use transform option and edges, the extra placement. So okay, so they single seems okay. A little bit of adjustment to this sites as well. Now as you can observe that the glasses are also reflecting the sky on themselves. So this looks realistic. We will be adjusting to this, to 0 sunlight and let's try indirectly render again. So how does this turnaround? And we, similarly we can add just an manipulate the value of the dome light here. So now in this case this would be looking much bright and shading for this seems great. So let's increase the intensity to guarantee. This will seem a little bit of bright. So now we can move on to the final render. So in final render settings, I would suggest you keep the directive option on and keep it to property AC or you can go with the bucket, render, whatever you are familiar with. I'll also add a light. It makes profile to this to help better at just meant on letter part of this postproduction of this model, you can choose any of this option is for your system configuration. I will keep it to progress you and I will keep the quality to high. Now in this case, you can again increase the noise limit. So I'll be increasing it to up to 0.6. Now written on the median denoise or as well. So on this right side we have another option cyclist, you let them be to default value, do not alter with any of those CPU memory and other portion because there's E2 by default according to your system configuration. Now We've been done on where do metric and while men. So if I don't want this volumetric environment, this will give us some light effect on the Bono's giving a little bit of shade. But in this case we do not require it. I will turn that off. So I'll close this and I will start with final rendering. So I'm moving up this lecture over here. In next tutorial, we'll be going to an interior example. And the next portion I will be going through some post-production techniques in Photoshop on this trend is so we will be working out on this both the renders later portion. Thank you for watching. 49. Example : Interior Modeling fundamentals: Hello and welcome back. As you previously learned about modelling and material placement as well as rendering aspects. In this tutorial, we are going to run some integer modeling and rendering fundamentals. So before we move on to the main steps of adding materials and rendering, we will just go through some fundamentals and I will guide you through some methods if you wish to render and create a Indian modelling. Same. Suppose if you have a house status, I'm growing your molecules, get house scale here. They didn't. How's our room? And it has two rooms around next to each other. Now if you are having a project or something that you need to creativity or renders for both of this. So generally what people do is that they would put their all components and everything in the same model. And on the same hand, they will do the same on the other side of this model. So this model will be containing authors file of scatterplot containing coulombs together with all the components, tem material properties, their parameters, their values. And it will eventually make the sketch a file heavy and it will create some of the lagginess and slow down your workflow. So this is the wrong method of doing it. If you are having a project and if you wish to create our anterior. So you have to create a specific interior models and specific files for each of them. So in 15 only preferred creating a render or model of only one through like this, you will eventually award leakiness and slowing or off your workflow. Now this helps in many other ways as well. So if I need to create a video short from this angle, from this side, that one should be from this side, another two from the other sides. So if I need to place my camera exactly like this, it is really hard to do without getting inside this wall. Say if I wish to place my camera and certainly at this point, what I should do is that I will just create like this. Oh my mouseover length is and try to zoom out. But you want to create a shortest one. Let me otherwise it would have great insight to one. But this one look much spacious if you create a render from this. Now in the next tutorial, when we create a studio, and I will show you my model that I have already designed with integers short. So I will show you why, how does this affect modelling? Now in this case, we will create a studio. So I will be showing you how you can create a studio and create renders from that. So in this case, I ever did it oldest. Now to create a studio, you can have any method that you desire for modeling. I will just prefer doing it like this, because this is how I'm comfortable doing it, will create a rectangle and place it later, weeks ago or more than the height of the room that I have to create data modeling shortfall. So let it be 15 feet and I'll press Enter. Now the side, draw a line here and an academic point of that line, I will be creating a circle. I'll direct you to the site creating on their side as well. Now I'll be rotating this feast, this lines on the corner. And I would eventually also give us the faces over here. Now, I'll create a group first and then move it a little bit on this set so I do not align with the 0 axis and add it also erase this line. So when it is this line, this will also delete the plane that we did it below it. In order to avoid tech, you're going to press Shift key while using the alias to a new and z that is another icon next to my Erase tool. So when I click on this, this will only lead to add but one plane off it. So like this, you can get different ages without deleting the plane. So this edge as well. Now if I see it from this angle, this looks very smooth. Now how does this studio will help me? Is that this type of whom say room model. If I amend the step of blue motor, I can irritate the amount of lactic is entering from this from the sun. So if I don't want the shadows, you can see that the sunlight will be covered or as a roof disconnect, as a root port my room. So in this case, I can alter or change any angle of this sun or this studio, whole studio while working with the lights. And in order to have this code surface that will help me to reflect lights within, inside it. So if some light is emitting from the room, room lights or entity lights outside on the studio there will be emitted and project it back inside the room and meet some of them necessarily. So this is how the enrolment actually works and the studio will act as the same you and also at HDRI for getting into a short, but I wouldn't be full at unless you have some windows and you need to have some exterior views as well from your windows. So like this, this is the basic fundamental how you should create during TM orders. And you can also wait creating the studio, but TEC would not be much preferrable. I would say this because studio you can see that the whole room is covered with the sunlight. So like this, you won't have much control over the amount of sunlight that is entering your room before using this type of studio structure or object that will help you control over the room. Sunlight entering the room. And I can also move this object around this side. So if I move it to this side, this would have only some of the light shading is because that had been reflected inside this studio structure that we created. And that will be entering the room as an extra light. So it won't be slow, sharp, and you can have proper control over the values of amount of light that will be entering from outside, inside your entity shots. So this is the point where you will benefit from creating the studio. Furthermore, you can also give you a reflective plastic material to inner surface of the studio. So this will be more reflective while interfering with lights. So this was those basic fundamental of how you should interpret and create your models in interior modelling software to creating everything in said same model and create different models as per the rooms and needs. So I will wrap up this lecture here and next tutorial, we'll be learning some rendering aspects and then we'll move on to the rendering authenticity shot. Thank you for watching. 50. Example : Interior Scene setup and Rendering: Hello and welcome back. In this tutorial, we're going to go through some rendering scene fundamentals. So supposedly as we learned in previous tutorial about this studio creation and importance of studio creating in your model. Now, I have created it this interior model year. So this is really basic and minimalistic. I've added some coroutines from the warehouse. I emitted bed as well as from the warehouse. And on the other side I have created a backdrop from here, ceiling to cover the, you can say our detriment of the curtains with the ceiling. Now coming to the ceiling, I have added some minimalistic light and I kept it to very minimalistic design. I will just set it six ports slides. And rather than giving you two actual spotlight, I like to give the lights over here. Now on the backside, if you see that I've noticed some grew beta1 here with given them a wooden strip material type of design. If I heard this, you can see there is nothing but just a bruise. Now, on this left side, I edited some small component of furniture, as well as on the right side, same furniture model. And I edited a book and a mug over here on the other side. And I have created to some of these droplets from the seeding. Now I read it as MSE material as well as on this rights. And I would also appear light to give it more awful. You can say emission point. Put lights to give it more realistic looks. On the left-hand side, there is a bathroom door. Just the interior model or into your model. Edit much off the details over here. On the leptons had our Hongo painting over here to give it some of the element or the interior. Now on the coming to the floor, I waited a wooden floor eliminate material that is very reflective and on the top of their time period, this PR designed with the help of Fe3O4 for the carpet and drug. So this is my basic model, very minimalistic design and on the leptons and I've also added a Windows to have some natural light coming in sight for a while. This white curtain is kind of transparent, so it will let light pass through it. So this is how it will be facing through the studio. So a fight on the shadows like this, you can see that the light will be incurring directly and set my room as I wanted some of the light to be internationally rather than coming from the front side. So I've faced this model on the other side of the sunlight. So turn off the sun light and shadows. Now, I will hide this studio. So let's learn about some different fundamentals for rendering. So in this case, you see that I haven't created any roles on this side because this is going to meet the ankle or front view from where I'm going to take out render of this scene. So if we go to the right side and suppose they find it to create a render that is from the right side of this model. I am supposed to be doing it from this side, so I need to hide this model. So in this case, I won't be able to do it if this wall is in place over here so I can hide this fall as I have created each component of this modern separately. So now if I need to take a render, it will be very easy and convenient for me to take a render from this side. In this case, I do not have a wall and design here, but you must do that if you are rendering or if you have to render all the shortstop this into your room. I would and I hit everything at the studio. So I suggest you that you create each component of this model separately. I0 this model as a separate component. I have this wall at a separate group of components, hence, the set of all as well as, as, as well as the ceiling and the bottom is also separate so I can hide and unhide any of the component that I do not require any particular model trainer. So this will help you to create different shots. Now coming to the next point that is addressing the render scene. So if I want to create a render, I need to adjust my first off the coast of all I iniquitous might interview. So if I do this in this way and as we learned in previous tutorials about creating a render with only perspective view that will give it more realistic look to ice. And this will be more aligned to your images. So if I turn on the 2 perspective, you can see that no matter how much I try it, this won't be symmetrical and this will be hard to take a symmetrical short. You can see that the spacing between this and this, both the sides are different and this is, isn't parallel to my models are this render view. Now, in order to take an interior Shorty per ticket from this angle I1, be seeing that this looks more small species because it comes off, keep I keep it to 2 perspective and this would look more spacious and mortar line to the vendor. So in order to get to a proper alignment of the scene, what you can do is post one, I had everything. Now supposedly if your model is facing this side, you should be practicing it from the front side valley. In this case, my model is facing on this side because I need to take your render shot from this view. So what I'm doing is I will first more to the parallel projection. So they turn on the parallel protection. This is how my modal we look as I've aligned the shortcut is I started the parallel position from my shortcut key. In case you can go to the camera and turn on the parent a prediction from this view. Now I will go to the site of you from where my motor would be front-facing or from wherever you need to take out the render. So I will particularly zoom into the model and I will turn off the pedal protection. There's a due date. You will be specifically aligned to that model and center of that model. So now I will zoom in slowly. As soon as I reached into my model, what I will be doing is ever done on the 2 perspective view. So when I do that, you can see that now this is properly aligned to my render. As you can see on this bottom. That is carpet that is properly aligned to my modal and everything is symmetrical and it is making it this center point, like this parallel line, this line and this line all meet at a point in creating a 2 perspective render view. Like this, you can set a specific and proper Lee aligned to render view each or for your model satellite just a little bit. And this compared to what previously. So without pooping perfect perspective, this looks very spacious. So what we do is I will add a scene for rendering. I'll go to scene and I'll add is first seen and give it to me. So this is my post rendering you. Now in this case, I'll be sad the rendering. So now I'll being the threat during turn on the Asset Editor. I'll go to ice to show you that I or edit rectangular light as well on this backdrop to have some realistic emitting light from this corner. So it is, isn't facing this on the rental side because the right ear at it is facing outwards. So I just need to give some shades of light around this top of this corner. And we will be seeing getting the renders. Now I did all the materials and I just said the parameters that we saw in previous tutorial. In this case, I will also add a render element as we learned previously about the importance of printer image, I will add a light mix. So I did the light mix component. Oh yes, like elector, I can add just the light off this room and we'll go to settings and I will set my parameters for final render. I'll keep the value too high and it would frame, I'll turn on the VD frame as well. So the rendering of this model might take few minutes. So in next tutorial, we will see how this render turned out to be and we'll get to some other parameters. And we next portion, we're also moving to the post-production off this vendor to give it more realistic touch. So I'll wrap up this lecture here by starting the render. Thank you for watching. 51. Post Production through V-ray Frame Buffer: Hello and welcome back. In previous tutorial week period, some renders from this models. So in this tutorial, we are going to learn about some postproduction techniques within VRef that is available in frame buffer. So for that purpose, I will open the frame buffer from this button and out into is here ready. So we added few profiles that was by default and some of the light setups through this model render. Now it looks little bit beam and it doesn't have much of an exposure. So you don't have to worry. In this case, we can have some of the basic editing options within the VA itself. If you look over before the layers panel here, you can have various options of constant exposure, white balance, hue, saturation, cause look-up table, and it will make Don map. So through this option you can edit it very easily. Moreover, you can have other option over here as well. So in this week, you have added any of the elements. You can suppose, suppose d noise or we added the noise or to surrender. So if I decrease the value of de-noise, and you can see that this is very much grains. And there are so many grains in this materials model. No matter wherever you, and it will be looking like it is like bursting out and not much in like good-quality. So two, through this option of VRef timber for we can aerate all of these parameters after enduring also as well as you can also enter the light values. So in this case, if I took all the lights and turn off all lights, you I can do that. I can also turn on specific IES light as you can see that it is iterating over you. You enough tendering you can alter with all these options like this. I can make it yellow. Similarly, you can access all the lights. And I can also turn the intensity of this light to make it a two for Enter. So this is how you can alter the other options within the 3D rendering also. So I'll make it too difficult that OS1 coming further. We have another option here sees the lens effect. And this lens fed option, you can do some of the lens effect on there. So if I click on this animal bloom corollary packed, you can see that there is some shiny layer effect on this glass. So this will create such a type of effects wherever it is, emitting light or like metallic block out of glass looks so I can change the size of this as well. There should be some order here as well. Like this. You instead there are some on this side is also here below this right headlight. So like this, you can adjust this value. Now, other main thing is that I can adjust the exposure. In this case, let's increase the exposure a little bit. And I can also just hide this layer and see the changes like this. I'll increase the contrast to give it a little bit of depth. And I can also decrease the Highlight button. So in this case, what is highlight? Highlight been will decrease the areas that house so much of brightness or there are too bright for this render. So you can decrease this, but this will eventually turn your rendering to a dim render. So I suppose, or I suggest you to do this at, on the night views of the renders. I'm going to also add the 10 components from this, like UN saturation. Like this, you can have alteration to this model. Now let's have a look on the side of the history. This was the render that we created in our interior model. Similarly, we can say control over all this slice even after rendering this image. Again, I didn't put the denoise or on this renders her to sing the noise or is off. So we can just hold those lights. You can say I can turn and on the server illumination, that is MSU light. Whatever MSU light you will use, it will turn it into ourself illumination in the three sets of light makes in the frame buffer. I can turn off and on the IES lights, I can turn on and turn off the sunlight. So as we cuneatus studio, you can see that the amount of sunlight entering this render and it is affecting a very least amount of this render. So it looks like the natural light is coming in from this side. So if I turn off this light, you can see on this top of the ceiling and on the sides of this wall, the city has will be affected much. So if I don't sunlight, this will give it a natural log that the light is also emitting from this side. So this was the purpose of creating a studio and having control over how much sunlight and other environmental lights enter your model. Coming further, I can get just all this pair lights as well. I can access all the intensity of slides. Even this rectangular light at a, put it in this backdrop. I can turn it off and I turn it on. I can adjust the intensity of this like this, whether it be T01 or whatever, I can have just as much as I wish to because this won't create a rerender offered, but this will eventually edit this existing render without losing the quality. If you are using old version of feta, you might not have this options within your wheelchair frame buffer. So this was all about some of the basic postproduction in 3D frame buffer. Coming further, you can also have this other element on this render as where I can edit the exposure here. So if I decrease this highlight bomb, you can see or notice that light off this lamps have been changing. Color of this slide will be changed too little bit of diem oranges light. So this is our highlight bomb works is I told you this will drop down all the like bright areas in your render. And I can also adjust the contrast of this model. So this was all about both production of images in frame buffer. In next tutorial of the post-production in Photoshop, I will take you to do some techniques that will also be applicable on this firm before settings as well. But we do not repeat the same things. I will add it into the next tutorial. So thank you for watching. 52. Post Production through Photoshop: Hello and welcome back. Now in this tutorial, I'm gonna show you some basic methods to create a post-production of an architectural render in Photoshop. So make sure you pay attention over here and if possible, not all this down because this is going to be very quick. And we'll turn this into a more realistic image. So just to understand the events before and after post-production, I'm going to create a copy of this layer or this image. You can see that by the way, I'm using Photoshop version that is 2020. Now you can go to the filter and you can start this came out operator. Also the shortcut key for that is Control Shift a. This will open a new window in Photoshop with CRF, which will let you adjust the parameters. We are going to look around some main settings in this option. So starting with the basics, what you need to first do is unit to increase the shadows. Once we increase the shadows, this will have it will be looking, decrease the whites a little bit, and then also decrease the highlights. Now you have to increase the exposure a little bit and also give it the contrast. After doing that, it'll it below we held texture clarity and dehaze. So I want to give my image more texture and more depth and detail. So I'll be increasing equity and texture. So English this both as well. Now you can also alter with saturation and vibrance. So give a little bit of vibrance to this. And also I would decrease of D Hayes. Okay. Now the image seems too sharp or warm, so I'll just make it a little bit interesting this temperature. Now we are done with the basics. Next thing you have to do is go to the calls. Now this could be really hard to understand this, but there is a slight shortcut method for this. All you have to do is to create a stable structure. Let's go back to basic. And again, I will adjust the temperature to make it look good. Let's enter value minus four and shape. This looks great. I'll increase the exposure a little bit. Okay, Now we can go to the detail. And you're gonna also English as this will make your image a little bit more clear and also increase the production. This will help you remove all the material and grain type of structures formed in your post-production. You can tweak the color noise reduction if it required. All the basic things you need to do in order to have a realistic look on the renders. Now you can go through these other options at his effects, calibration, geometry, optics, and click donning. And you can also alter each value of let's colors in this tutorial. But I suggest if we just make this little changes, this will make your render look more realistic. So I'll click OK. Okay, so let's compare now. So if I show you my emit that was before the post-production, this was the image that we brought it into Photoshop. Tougher doing, and enhancing it with major points. Susanna does it looks. So this will help you get more realistic looks in your renders. So here I'm wrapping up this tutorial as well as this course. I hope this course was beneficial for you. Some plans and some files that are touching download section, make sure you download them and go through them as well as practice them enough. Thank you for watching.